Garmin | G1000 NXi: Beechcraft King Air 300/B300 | Garmin G1000 NXi: Beechcraft King Air 300/B300 Cockpit Reference Guide, G1000 NXi King Air 300/B300 Series - SSV 2286.01

Garmin G1000 NXi: Beechcraft King Air 300/B300 Cockpit Reference Guide, G1000 NXi King Air 300/B300 Series - SSV 2286.01
®
Cockpit Reference Guide
Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
NAV/COM/TRANSPONDER/AUDIO PANEL
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS
APPENDIX
INDEX
Copyright © 2017 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 2286.01 or later for the
Beechcraft 300 and B300. Some differences in operation may be observed when comparing
the information in this manual to earlier or later software versions.
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Tel: 913.397.8200
Fax: 913.397.8282
Aircraft On Ground (AOG) Hotline: 913.397.0836
Aviation Dealer Technical Support: 888.606.5482
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Tel: 503.581.8101
Fax 503.364.2138
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Hounsdown Business Park
Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR U.K.
Tel: +44 (0) 238 052 4000
Fax: +44 (0) 238 052 4004
Aviation Support: +44 (0) 370 850 1243
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road
Xizhi District, New Taipei City, Taiwan
Tel: 34-93-357-2608
Fax: 34-93-429-4484
Website Address: www.garmin.com
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied,
transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored in any storage medium, for any purpose
without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to
download a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or
other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use, provided that such electronic
or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright
notice and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any
revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin®, G1000® NXi, WATCH®, FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are registered trademarks of
Garmin International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. Garmin ESP™, Garmin SVT™, SurfaceWatch™, and
Connext™ are trademarks of Garmin International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks
may not be used without the express permission of Garmin.
Skywatch® and Stormscope® are registered trademarks of L-3 Communications. Ryan®,
TCAD® and Avidyne® are registered trademarks of Avidyne Corporation. AC-U-KWIK® is
a registered trademark of Penton Business Media Inc. Bendix/King® and Honeywell® are
registered trademarks of Honeywell International, Inc. Becker® is a registered trademark of
Becker Flugfunkwerk GmbH. NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc. Wi-Fi® is a
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
registered trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance. SiriusXM Weather and SiriusXM Satellite Radio are
provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio, Inc. The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned by
the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Garmin is under license.
AOPA Membership Publications, Inc. and its related organizations (hereinafter collectively
“AOPA”) expressly disclaim all warranties, with respect to the AOPA information included in this
data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and AOPA does not
warrant or make any representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. Under
no circumstances including negligence, shall AOPA be liable for any incidental, special or
consequential damages that result from the use or inability to use the software or related
documentation, even if AOPA or an AOPA authorized representative has been advised of the
possibility of such damages. User agrees not to sue AOPA and, to the maximum extent allowed
by law, to release and hold harmless AOPA from any causes of action, claims or losses related
to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the information. Some jurisdictions do not allow the
limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential damages
so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.
AC-U-KWIK and its related organizations (hereafter collectively “AC-U-KWIK Organizations”)
expressly disclaim all warranties with respect to the AC-U-KWIK information included
in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and
AC-U-KWIK Organizations do not warrant or make any representations regarding its accuracy,
reliability, or otherwise. Licensee agrees not to sue AC-U-KWIK Organizations and, to the
maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless AC-U-KWIK Organizations
from any cause of action, claims or losses related to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the
information arising out of Garmin’s use of the information in the datasets. Some jurisdictions
do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for incidental or
consequential damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to licensee.
Printed in the U.S.A.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of information for maintaining separation from terrain and obstacles. Garmin obtains
terrain and obstacle data from third party sources and cannot independently
verify the accuracy of the information.
WARNING: Always refer to current aeronautical charts and NOTAMs for
verification of displayed aeronautical information. Displayed aeronautical
data may not incorporate the latest NOTAM information.
WARNING: Do not use geometric altitude for compliance with air traffic
control altitude requirements. The primary barometric altimeter must be used
for compliance with all air traffic control altitude regulations, requirements,
instructions, and clearances.
WARNING: Do not use basemap information (land and water data) as the
sole means of navigation. Basemap data is intended only to supplement other
approved navigation data sources and should be considered only an aid to
enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to
accurately depict all of the traffic within range of the aircraft. Due to lack
of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information from
aircraft or ground stations, traffic may be present that is not represented on
the display.
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in,
near, or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within
data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather
conditions.
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather
product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather
data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data
link weather product may be older than the indicated weather product age.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitude (MSAs) are only advisory
in nature and should not be relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and
terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current aeronautical charts for
appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
WARNING: Always obtain qualified instruction prior to operational use of
this equipment.
WARNING: Do not use a QFE altimeter setting with this system. System
functions will not operate properly with a QFE altimeter setting. Use only
a QNH altimeter setting for height above mean sea level, or the standard
pressure setting, as applicable.
WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as
a ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by a system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints
are derived from an unknown map reference datum that may be incompatible
with the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be
positioned in error as displayed.
WARNING: When using the autopilot to fly an approach with vertical
guidance, the autopilot will not level the aircraft at the MDA/DH even if the
MDA/DH is set in the altitude preselect.
WARNING: Traffic information shown on system displays is provided as an
aid in visually acquiring traffic. Traffic avoidance maneuvers are based upon
TCAS II Resolution Advisories, ATC guidance, or positive visual acquisition of
conflicting traffic.
WARNING: Because of variation in the earth’s magnetic field, do not rely
on the accuracy of attitude and heading indications (GRS 77 installations
only) in the following geographic areas: North of 72° North latitude at all
longitudes; South of 70° South latitude at all longitudes; North of 65° North
latitude between longitude 75° W and 120° W. (Northern Canada); North of
70° North latitude between longitude 70° W and 128° W. (Northern Canada);
North of 70° North latitude between longitude 85° E and 114° E. (Northern
Russia); South of 55° South latitude between longitude 120° E and 165° E.
(Region south of Australia and New Zealand).
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
WARNING: Do not rely on information from a lightning detection system
display as the sole basis for hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations
and interference may cause the system to display inaccurate or incomplete
information. Refer to documentation from the lightning detection system
manufacturer for detailed information about the system.
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain,
obstacle, and traffic avoidance. Garmin SVT is intended as an aid to situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability
upon which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain,
obstacles, or traffic.
WARNING: Do not use the Garmin SVT runway depiction as the sole means
for determining the proximity of the aircraft to the runway or for maintaining
the proper approach path angle during landing.
WARNING: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the
Garmin SVT display or may appear as a partial symbol.
WARNING: Do not operate the weather radar in a transmitting mode when
personnel or objects are within the MPEL boundary.
WARNING: Always position the weather radar gain setting to Calibrated for
viewing the actual intensity of precipitation. Changing the gain in weather
mode causes precipitation intensity to be displayed as a color not representative of the true intensity.
WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain or obstacle
avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhance situational awareness.
CAUTION: Do not clean display surfaces with abrasive cloths or cleaners
containing ammonia. They will harm the anti-reflective coating.
CAUTION: Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service
center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty
and affect the airworthiness of the aircraft.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight
Restriction (TFR) information. Always confirm TFR information through official
sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen
images of the system panel and displays, are subject to change and may not
reflect the most current system and aviation databases. Depictions of equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System
and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system
is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and performance of all
GPS equipment. Portions of the system utilize GPS as a precision electronic
NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information
presented by the system can be misused or misinterpreted and, therefore,
become unsafe.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can
cause an intermittent loss of attitude and heading displays while the aircraft
is on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards away from the
source of the interference should alleviate the condition.
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim
or blank.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive
harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with California’s Proposition
65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please
refer to our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
NOTE: Operating the system in the vicinity of metal buildings, metal structures, or electromagnetic fields can cause sensor differences that may result
in nuisance miscompare annunciations during start up, shut down, or while
taxiing. If one or more of the sensed values are unavailable, the annunciation
indicates no comparison is possible.
NOTE: The system responds to a terminal procedure based on data coded
within that procedure in the Navigation Database. Differences in system
operation may be observed among similar types of procedures due to differences in the Navigation Database coding specific to each procedure.
NOTE: The FAA has asked Garmin to remind pilots who fly with Garmin databasedependent avionics of the following:
• It is the pilot’s responsibility to remain familiar with all FAA regulatory and advisory
guidance and information related to the use of databases in the National Airspace
System.
• Garmin equipment will only recognize and use databases that are obtained from
Garmin or Jeppesen. Databases obtained from Garmin or Jeppesen are assured
compliance with all data quality requirements (DQRs) by virtue of a Type 2 Letter
of Authorization (LOA) from the FAA. A copy of the Type 2 LOA is available for
each database and can be viewed at http://fly.garmin.com by selecting ‘Type 2 LOA
Status.’
• Use of a current Garmin or Jeppesen database in your Garmin equipment is required
for compliance with established FAA regulatory guidance, but does not constitute
authorization to fly any and all terminal procedures that may be presented by the
system. It is the pilot’s responsibility to operate in accordance with established
AFM(S) and regulatory guidance or limitations as applicable to the pilot, the aircraft,
and installed equipment.
NOTE: The pilot/operator must review and be familiar with Garmin’s database
exclusion list as discussed in SAIB CE-14-04 to determine what data may be
incomplete. The database exclusion list can be viewed at www.flygarmin.
com by selecting ‘Database Exclusions List.’
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
NOTE: The pilot/operator must have access to Garmin and Jeppesen database alerts and consider their impact on the intended aircraft operation. The
database alerts can be viewed at www.flygarmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation
Database Alerts.’
NOTE: If the pilot/operator wants or needs to adjust the database, contact
Garmin Product Support to coordinate the revised DQRs.
NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies
related to database information. These discrepancies could come in the form
of an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and fixes; or
any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or
on the ground. Go to FlyGarmin.com and select ‘Aviation Data Error Report’.
NOTE: System navigation utilities may not reliably calculate range and bearing information when the aircraft is operating north of 89° North latitude or
south of 89° South latitude. This may result in the system displaying small
gaps in racetrack holding pattern depictions (GRS 7800 installations only).
NOTE: When using Stormscope, there are several atmospheric phenomena in
addition to nearby thunderstorms that can cause isolated discharge points in
the strike display mode. However, clusters of two or more discharge points
in the strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points
reappear after the screen has been cleared.
NOTE: Operate G1000 NXi system power through at least one cycle in a
period of four days of continuous operation to avoid an autonomous system
reboot.
NOTE: The purpose of this Cockpit Reference Guide is to provide the pilot a
resource with which to find operating instructions on the major features of
the system more easily. It is not intended to be a comprehensive operating
guide. Complete operating procedures for the system are found in the Pilot’s
Guide for this aircraft.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
NOTE: The system supports approval of AC 120-76C Hardware Class 3,
Software Type B Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) electronic aeronautical chart
applications. Possible additional requirements may make a secondary source
(traditional paper or additional electronic display) necessary onboard the
aircraft. If the secondary source is a Portable Electronic Device (PED), its use
must be consistent with guidance in AC 120-76C.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
Blank Page
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Record of Revisions
Part Number
190-02042-00
Change Summary
Production Release
Revision Date of Revision Affected Pages
A
February 2017
All
B
190-02042-00 Rev. B
March 2017
All
Description
Initial release at GDU 20.05
Added SurfaceWatch Setup user
interface
Added phone contacts
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
RR-1
Record of Revisions
Blank Page
RR-2
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Table of Contents
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS................................................................................................................. 1
Selecting the Altimeter Barometric Pressure Setting....................................................... 1
Selecting Standard Barometric Pressure (29.92 in Hg)..................................................... 1
Change Altimeter Barometric Pressure Setting Units....................................................... 1
Synchronizing the Altimeter Barometric Pressure Settings............................................ 1
Synchronize CDI......................................................................................................................... 2
Selecting DG Mode (GRS 7800 Installations Only):............................................................ 2
Change Navigation Sources.................................................................................................... 2
Displaying The DME Information Window........................................................................... 3
Enable/Disable OBS Mode While Navigating with A GPS Flight Plan............................ 3
Generic Timer (PFD)................................................................................................................... 3
Configure Vspeed Bugs Individually...................................................................................... 3
Modifying Vspeeds (On, Off, Restore Defaults).................................................................. 4
Set Barometric/Radar Altimeter Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height and
Bug................................................................................................................................................ 4
Testing the Radar Altimeter (KRA 405B only)..................................................................... 5
Displaying Wind Data............................................................................................................... 5
Activating And Deactivating SVT........................................................................................... 5
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM.................................................................................................. 7
NAV/COM/TRANSPONDER/AUDIO PANEL.......................................................................... 9
ADF Tuning (Optional)............................................................................................................... 9
DME Tuning................................................................................................................................. 9
Enter a Transponder Code....................................................................................................... 9
Selecting a COM Radio............................................................................................................. 9
Selecting a NAV Radio............................................................................................................ 10
NAV/COM Tuning...................................................................................................................... 10
Intercom..................................................................................................................................... 10
Passenger Address (PA) System............................................................................................ 11
Clearance Recorder and Player............................................................................................ 11
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT.............................................................................................................. 13
Changing A Field In The MFD Navigation Status Box...................................................... 13
USING MAP DISPLAYS............................................................................................ 13
Changing The Navigation Map Orientation....................................................................... 13
Configuring Automatic Zoom................................................................................................ 13
Panning The Map..................................................................................................................... 14
Reviewing Information For An Airport, NAVAID, Or User Waypoint............................ 14
Viewing Airspace Information For A Special-Use Or Controlled Airspace.................. 14
Displaying/Removing Topographic Data On The PFD Inset Map Or The HSI Map..... 15
Displaying/Removing Topographic Data Using The Navigation Map Page Menu..... 15
Setting Up The ‘Land’, ‘Aviation’ Or ‘Airspace’ Group Items........................................... 15
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
i
Table of Contents
Decluttering The Map............................................................................................................. 16
Decluttering The PFD Inset Map........................................................................................... 16
Displaying/Removing Airways.............................................................................................. 16
Selecting An Airway Range (Low ALT Airways or High ALT Airways)......................... 16
Displaying/Removing The Track Vector............................................................................... 17
Displaying/Removing The Fuel Range Ring And Selecting A Fuel Range Time.......... 17
Displaying/Removing The Selected Altitude Intercept Arc............................................ 17
WAYPOINTS............................................................................................................ 18
Selecting An Airport For Review By Identifier, Facility Name, Or Location................ 18
Selecting A Runway................................................................................................................. 18
Viewing A Destination Airport............................................................................................. 18
Viewing Information For A Nearest Airport On The PFD................................................ 18
Viewing Information For A Nearest Airport On The MFD............................................... 19
Viewing Runway Information For A Specific Airport...................................................... 19
Selecting An Intersection....................................................................................................... 19
Selecting An NDB..................................................................................................................... 20
Selecting A VOR........................................................................................................................ 20
Selecting A VRP........................................................................................................................ 20
Selecting A User Waypoint.................................................................................................... 20
Creating User Waypoints From The User Waypoint Information Page........................ 20
Creating User Waypoints From Map Pages........................................................................ 21
Changing The Altitude Buffer Distance Setting................................................................ 22
AIRSPACES.............................................................................................................. 22
Turning An Airspace Alert On Or Off................................................................................... 22
Selecting And Viewing An Airspace Alert With Its Associated Information............... 23
Turning Smart Airspace On Or Off....................................................................................... 23
DIRECT-TO NAVIGATION........................................................................................ 23
Entering A Waypoint Identifier, Facility Name, Or City As A Direct-To Destination. 23
Selecting An Active Flight Plan Waypoint As A Direct-To Destination........................ 24
Selecting A Nearest, Recent Or User Waypoint As A Direct-To Destination............... 24
Cancelling A Direct-To............................................................................................................. 25
Selecting A Manual Direct-To Course.................................................................................. 25
Entering A VNV Altitude And Along-Track Offset For The Waypoint............................ 25
Removing A VNV Altitude Constraint.................................................................................. 25
FLIGHT PLANNING.................................................................................................. 26
Creating An Active Flight Plan.............................................................................................. 26
Adding A Waypoint To The Active Flight Plan................................................................... 27
Creating And Adding User Waypoints To The Active Flight Plan................................... 27
Adding An Airway To A Flight Plan...................................................................................... 28
ii
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Table of Contents
Storing An Active Flight Plan From The Active Flight Plan Page or the Active Flight
Plan Window............................................................................................................................. 28
Activating A Stored Flight Plan On The MFD..................................................................... 28
Inverting And Activating A Stored Flight Plan On The MFD.......................................... 29
Import a Flight Plan from an SD Card................................................................................. 29
Export a Flight Plan to an SD Card...................................................................................... 30
Previewing a flight plan transfer from a wireless connection:.................................... 30
Ignoring a flight plan transfer from a wireless connection:......................................... 30
Storing a pending flight plan:.............................................................................................. 30
Activating a pending flight plan:......................................................................................... 31
Deleting a pending flight plan:............................................................................................ 31
Deleting all pending flight plans:........................................................................................ 31
Deleting The Active Flight Plan............................................................................................ 32
Deleting An Individual Waypoint From The Active Flight Plan...................................... 32
Deleting An Entire Airway From The Active Flight Plan.................................................. 32
Deleting An Entire Procedure From The Active Flight Plan............................................ 33
Entering An Along Track Offset Distance........................................................................... 33
Activating Parallel Track........................................................................................................ 33
Cancelling Parallel Track........................................................................................................ 34
Activating A Flight Plan Leg.................................................................................................. 34
Inverting The Active Flight Plan........................................................................................... 34
Inverting And Activating A Stored Flight Plan.................................................................. 35
Switching Between Leg-To-Leg Waypoint Distance And Cumulative
Waypoint Distance................................................................................................................... 35
Determining The Closest Point Along The Active Flight Plan To A
Selected Waypoint................................................................................................................... 35
Creating A User-Defined Hold At An Active Flight Plan Waypoint................................ 36
Creating A User-Defined Hold At The Aircraft Present Position.................................... 36
Creating A User-Defined Hold At A Direct-To Waypoint.................................................. 37
Exiting A User-Defined Hold Inserted Into The Active Flight Plan................................ 37
Removing A User-Defined Hold Inserted Into The Active Flight Plan.......................... 38
Removing A User-Defined Hold At An Off-Route Direct-To............................................ 38
VERTICAL NAVIGATION.......................................................................................... 38
Enabling VNV Guidance.......................................................................................................... 38
Disabling VNV Guidance......................................................................................................... 38
Altitude Constraints................................................................................................................ 39
Designating A Waypoint Altitude To Be Used For Vertical Guidance........................... 40
Designating A Procedure Waypoint Altitude To Be Used For Vertical Guidance....... 41
Entering/Modifiying An Altitude Constraint...................................................................... 41
Activating A Vertical Navigation Direct-To........................................................................ 42
Modifying The VS TGT And FPA............................................................................................. 42
Deleting An Altitude Constraint Provided By The Navigation Database.................... 42
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
iii
Table of Contents
Deleting An Altitude Constraint That Has Been Manually Entered.............................. 42
Reverting A Manually Entered Altitude Constraint Back To The
Navigation Database Value................................................................................................... 43
Modifying A System Calculated Altitude Constraint....................................................... 43
PROCEDURES.......................................................................................................... 43
Loading A Departure Into The Active Flight Plan Using The PROC Key....................... 43
Viewing Available Departures At An Airport.................................................................... 44
Removing A Departure Procedure From The Active Flight Plan................................... 44
Loading An Arrival Into The Active Flight Plan Using The PROC Key........................... 45
Viewing Available Arrivals At An Airport........................................................................... 45
Loading An Approach Into The Active Flight Plan Using The PROC Key...................... 46
Viewing Available Approaches At An Airport.................................................................... 47
Activating A Previously Loaded Approach With Vectors To Final................................. 48
Removing An Approach From The Active Flight Plan...................................................... 48
Activating A Missed Approach In The Active Flight Plan................................................ 48
Activating Temperature Compensated Altitude............................................................... 49
Cancelling Temperature Compensated Altitude............................................................... 49
TRIP PLANNING...................................................................................................... 49
Selecting Automatic Or Manual Page Mode..................................................................... 49
Selecting Flight Plan Or Waypoint Mode........................................................................... 49
Selecting A Flight Plan And Leg For Trip Statistics.......................................................... 50
Selecting Waypoints For Waypoint Mode.......................................................................... 50
Entering Manual Data For Trip Statistics Calculations.................................................... 50
Entering Basic Empty Weight................................................................................................ 50
Entering A Pilot And Stores Weight..................................................................................... 51
Entering The Number Of Passengers................................................................................... 51
Entering The Average Passenger Weight........................................................................... 51
Entering The Cargo Weight.................................................................................................... 51
Entering A Fuel On Board Weight......................................................................................... 51
Entering Fuel Reserve............................................................................................................. 52
RAIM PREDICTION.................................................................................................. 52
Predicting RAIM Availability At A Selected Waypoint..................................................... 52
Predicting RAIM Availability At The Aircraft Present Position...................................... 53
Enabling/Disabling SBAS........................................................................................................ 53
HAZARD AVOIDANCE................................................................................................................. 55
Customizing the Hazard Displays on the Navigation Map............................................. 55
STORMSCOPE® (Optional)...................................................................................................... 55
SiriusXM Satellite Weather (Optional)................................................................................ 57
Connext Weather (Optional)................................................................................................. 59
iv
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Table of Contents
FIS-B Weather........................................................................................................................... 68
Airborne Color Weather Radar............................................................................................. 71
Terrain Awareness & Warning System (TAWS-A and TAWS-B)....................................... 77
Vertical Situation Display (VSD)........................................................................................... 80
Traffic Avoidance Systems..................................................................................................... 81
Traffic Advisory System (TAS)/Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS I)............... 81
ADS-B Traffic (GTX 345 Only) (Optional)............................................................................. 86
Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS II) (Optional)................................................. 87
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM........................................................................... 91
Activating The Flight Director.............................................................................................. 91
Vertical Modes.......................................................................................................................... 92
Lateral Modes........................................................................................................................... 92
Combination Modes (VNV, APR, NAV, BC, GA).................................................................... 93
Suspected Autopilot Malfunction........................................................................................ 94
Overpowering Autopilot Servos.......................................................................................... 95
ADDITIONAL FEATURES............................................................................................................ 97
SYNTHETIC VISION................................................................................................. 97
TERMINAL PROCEDURE CHARTS........................................................................... 98
SafeTaxi®.................................................................................................................................... 98
ChartView.................................................................................................................................. 99
FliteCharts®............................................................................................................................... 99
Airport Directory................................................................................................................... 101
SATELLITE TELEPHONE AND DATA LINK SERVICES............................................. 101
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION............................................................................ 103
Contacts................................................................................................................................... 104
Incoming Calls........................................................................................................................ 105
Outgoing Calls........................................................................................................................ 106
Text Messaging (SMS)........................................................................................................... 108
WI-FI CONNECTIONS............................................................................................ 116
SIRIUSXM™ RADIO ENTERTAINMENT.................................................................. 119
Active Channel and Channel List........................................................................................ 119
SCHEDULER........................................................................................................... 121
SURFACEWATCH (OPTIONAL)............................................................................... 122
PILOT PROFILES.................................................................................................... 123
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
v
Table of Contents
ELECTRONIC STABILITY & PROTECTION (ESP™) (OPTIONAL)............................ 126
Roll Engagement.................................................................................................................... 128
Pitch Engagement.................................................................................................................. 128
Angle of Attack Protection.................................................................................................. 128
High Airspeed Protection..................................................................................................... 128
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS.................................................................................................. 129
WARNING Annunciation....................................................................................................... 129
Advisory Annunciations....................................................................................................... 129
Message Advisory Alerts...................................................................................................... 129
Comparator Annunciations.................................................................................................. 130
Reversionary Sensor Annunciations.................................................................................. 130
AFCS Alerts.............................................................................................................................. 131
TAWS Alerts............................................................................................................................. 132
SurfaceWatch Alerts.............................................................................................................. 137
GDL 69/69A SXM Data Link Receiver Messages.............................................................. 137
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages................................................................................. 138
Pilot Profile import/Export Messages............................................................................... 139
Voice Alerts............................................................................................................................. 139
System Message Advisories................................................................................................ 141
APPENDIX...................................................................................................................................... 163
PFD Softkey Maps.................................................................................................................. 163
Loading Updated Databases............................................................................................... 176
Loading Updated Databases Using Flight Stream 510.................................................. 178
INDEX..........................................................................................................................................Index-1
vi
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
Flight
Instruments
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SELECTING THE ALTIMETER BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SETTING
Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.
EIS
SELECTING STANDARD BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (29.92 IN HG)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Press the BARO Knob to select standard pressure; STD BARO is displayed
in barometric setting box.
Or:
Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2)
Press the STD Baro Softkey; STD BARO is displayed in barometric setting
box.
Flight
Management
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2)
Press the ALT Units Softkey.
3)
Press the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of
mercury (in Hg).
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
CHANGE ALTIMETER BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SETTING UNITS
Or:
4)
Additional
Features
Press the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in
hectopascals.
Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
Annun/Alerts
SYNCHRONIZING THE ALTIMETER BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SETTINGS
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
3)
If necessary, press the SETUP 1 Softkey to display the System Setup 1 Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Baro in the Synchronization box.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
7)
To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX page group on the MFD.
Appendix
1)
1
SYNCHRONIZE CDI
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX page group on the MFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
3)
If necessary, press the Setup 1 Softkey to display the System Setup 1 Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘CDI Sync’ in the Synchronization
box.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the Sensors Softkey.
3)
Press the HDG Softkey.
4)
Press the DG Slave Softkey to activate DG mode. Press the DG Free
Softkey to deactivate DG mode.
5)
•
Pressing the HDG- or HDG+ softkey to slew the heading
counterclockwise or clockwise.
•
Pressing the HDG SYNC softkey to synchronize the heading to the
current selected heading.
•
Pressing the TRACK SYNC softkey to synchronize the heading to the
current track.
Press the Back Softkey three times to return to the top-level softkeys.
CHANGE NAVIGATION SOURCES
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
SELECTING DG MODE (GRS 7800 INSTALLATIONS ONLY):
1)
Press the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1. This places
the cyan tuning box over the NAV1 standby frequency in the upper left
corner of the PFD.
2)
Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or
LOC2. This places the cyan tuning box over the NAV2 standby frequency.
Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS.
Index
3)
2
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Information Window above the
BRG1 Information Window.
3)
To remove the DME Information Window, press the DME Softkey again.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
DISPLAYING THE DME INFORMATION WINDOW
ENABLE/DISABLE OBS MODE WHILE NAVIGATING WITH A GPS FLIGHT PLAN
2)
Turn the CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press
the CRS Knob to synchronize the Selected Course with the bearing to the
next waypoint.
3)
Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
1)
2)
3)
4)
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
6)
With ‘Start?’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field
changes to ‘Stop?’.
7)
To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Stop?’ highlighted. The field
changes to ‘Reset?’.
8)
To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Reset?’ highlighted. The field
changes back to ‘Start?’ and the digits are reset.
9)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
GENERIC TIMER (PFD)
Flight
Management
Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the timer field (HH:MM:SS).
AFCS
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time and press the ENT Key.
With the UP/DN field highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the
timer counting direction (Up/Dn) and press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
CONFIGURE VSPEED BUGS INDIVIDUALLY
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
1) Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired Vspeed.
3
Flight Instruments
Flight
Instruments
3) Use the small FMS Knob to change the Vspeed in 1-kt increments (when a
speed has been changed from a default value, an asterisk appears next to
the speed).
4)
EIS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
MODIFYING VSPEEDS (ON, OFF, RESTORE DEFAULTS)
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
6)
1)
2)
3)
4)
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
5)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Press the MENU Key.
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired selection.
Press the ENT Key.
SET BAROMETRIC/RADAR ALTIMETER MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE/
DECISION HEIGHT AND BUG
1) Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ON/OFF field
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Minimums field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select BARO, TEMP COMP, or RAD ALT. OFF
is selected by default. Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight the next field.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (from zero to 16,000
feet when BARO or TEMP COMP is selected, or up to 2,500 feet when ‘RAD
ALT’ is selected).
5)
If TEMP COMP was selected, press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS
Knob to highlight the next field and then enter the temperature (-59˚C to
Appendix
59˚C)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Index
6)
4
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX page group on the MFD.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Status Page.
3)
Press the RA Test Softkey to enable or disable the test.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
TESTING THE RADAR ALTIMETER (KRA 405B ONLY)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
The ‘RA TEST’ annunciation is displayed above the RA box. To cancel the
test, press the RA TEST Softkey again, or turn the FMS Knob to exit the
AUX - System Status Page.
DISPLAYING WIND DATA
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the WIND Softkey to display wind data below the Selected Heading.
3)
Press one of the Option softkeys to change how wind data is displayed:
Flight
Management
1)
• Option 1: Wind direction arrow and speed
• Option 3: Wind direction arrows with headwind, tailwind, and crosswind
speed components
To remove the window, press the Off Softkey.
AFCS
4)
Hazard
Avoidance
• Option 2: Wind direction arrow with true digital direction and speed
ACTIVATING AND DEACTIVATING SVT
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the Terrain Softkey. The SVT display will cycle on or off with each
press of the Terrain Softkey.
4)
Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Annun/Alerts
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
Additional
Features
1)
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
5
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Blank Page
6
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Engine Indication System
Flight
Instruments
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
EIS
1
1
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
2
2
Flight
Management
3
4
4
Hazard
Avoidance
5
5
AFCS
6
Additional
Features
6
Annun/Alerts
7
7
(Normal Mode)
Appendix
8
8
(Reversionary Mode)
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
7
1
Interstage Turbine
Temperature (ITT)
Displays Interstage Turbine Temperature in
degrees Celsius (°C)
2
Torque (%)
3
Propeller Sync
4
Tachometer (PROP
RPM)
5
Turbine Speed (%
RPM)
Displays torque as a percentage of maximum safe
torque
Displays a diamond when propellers are in sync.
Indicates when propellers are out of sync by the
diamond transitioning to an arrowhead. The
arrowhead points towards the propeller turning
at a higher-speed.
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm); the red band indicates propeller
overspeed
Displays turbine speed in a percentage of the
revolutions per minute (rpm)
6
Fuel Flow
(FFLOW PPH)
Displays current fuel flow in pounds per hour
(pph)
7
Oil Pressure (OIL
PSI)
Displays pressure of oil supplied to the engines
in pounds per square inch (psi)
8
Oil Temperature (OIL Displays the oil temperature in degrees Celsius
(°C)
°C)
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
8
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
Flight
Instruments
NAV/COM/TRANSPONDER/AUDIO PANEL
ADF TUNING (OPTIONAL)
EIS
Tune the ADF using the remote ADF control head.
DME TUNING
2)
Turn the large FMS to select the DME source field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired Nav radio.
4)
Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
Flight
Management
Press the DME Softkey.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
1)
ENTER A TRANSPONDER CODE
Press the XPDR1 or XPDR2 Softkey to select the active transponder.
3)
Press the Code Softkey to display the transponder code selection softkeys,
for digit entry.
4)
Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering
the code, the next key in sequence must be pressed within 10 seconds, or
the entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Five seconds after
the fourth digit has been entered, the transponder code becomes active.
SELECTING A COM RADIO
Annun/Alerts
Transmit/Receive
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
Press the XPDR Softkey to display the transponder mode selection softkeys.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Press the COM1 MIC, COM2 MIC, or COM3 MIC Key (optional COM, if
installed) on the audio panel.
Appendix
Receive Only
Press the COM1, COM2, or COM3 Key (optional COM, if installed) on the
audio panel.
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
9
SELECTING A NAV RADIO
1)
To begin navigating using a navigation radio, press the CDI Softkey on the
PFD to select VOR1/LOC1 (NAV1) or VOR2/LOC2 (NAV2).
2)
Press the NAV1, NAV2, DME, or ADF Key on the audio panel to select or
deselect the navigation radio audio source. All radio keys can be selected
individually or together.
NAV/COM TUNING
1)
Press the small tuning knob to select the desired radio for tuning. A light
blue box highlights the radio frequency to be tuned.
2)
Turn the respective tuning knobs to enter the desired frequency into the
standby frequency field. The large knob enters MHz and the small knob
enters kHz.
3)
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to place the frequency into the active
frequency field.
INTERCOM
Pressing the INTR COM Key on either Audio Panel selects and deselects the
intercom on both Audio Panels. The annunciator is lit when the intercom is active.
The intercom connects the pilot and copilot together. Either the pilot or copilot may
select or deselect the intercom.
The CABIN Key initiates two way communication between the pilot or copilot and
the passengers in the cabin. The annunciator is lit when the cabin intercom is active
on either Audio Panel.
The MAN SQ Key allows either automatic or manual control of the intercom
squelch setting. Pressing the MAN SQ Key enables manual squelch control, indicated
by the MAN SQ annunciator.
During manual squelch operation, pressing the ICS Knob switches between volume
and squelch adjustment, lighting the associated annunciator beneath the knob. When
the MAN SQ annunciator is lit, the ICS Knob controls both volume and squelch. When
the MAN SQ annunciator is extinguished, the ICS Knob controls only volume.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
10
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
EIS
A passenger address system is provided by pressing the PA Key to deliver messages
to the passengers. The message is heard by the other pilot on the headset only if the
PA Key is enabled on both audio panels. PA messages are one way from the flight deck
to the passengers.
Flight
Instruments
PASSENGER ADDRESS (PA) SYSTEM
CLEARANCE RECORDER AND PLAYER
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks. Once 2.5 minutes
of recording time have been reached, the recorder begins recording over the stored
memory blocks, starting from the oldest block.
The PLAY Key controls the play function. The PLAY annunciator is illuminated to
indicate when play is in progress. The PLAY annunciator extinguishes after playback
is finished.
Pressing the PLAY Key once plays the latest recorded memory block and then
returns to normal operation. Pressing the PLAY Key again during play of a memory
block stops play. If a COM input signal is detected during play of a recorded memory
block, play is halted.
Pressing the PLAY Key twice within one-half second while audio is playing plays
the previous block of recorded audio. Each subsequent two presses of the PLAY Key
within one-half second backtracks through the recorded memory blocks to reach and
play any recorded block.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
NOTE: Pressing the play key on the pilot’s Audio Panel plays recorded audio
to the Pilot. Pressing the play key on the Copilot’s Audio Panel plays recorded
audio to the Copilot.
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
11
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Blank Page
12
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Changing A Field In The MFD Navigation Status Box
Select the System Setup 1 Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD
Data Bar Fields Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list
to select the desired data.
5)
Press the ENT Key. Pressing the Defaults Softkey returns all fields to the
default setting.
EIS
1)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
USING MAP DISPLAYS
Hazard
Avoidance
CHANGING THE NAVIGATION MAP ORIENTATION
2)
Press the ENT Key to display the Map Settings Window.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob, or press the ENT Key once, to select the
‘Orientation’ field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation.
5)
Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the base page.
Additional
Features
With the Navigation Map Page displayed, press the MENU Key. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
Annun/Alerts
CONFIGURING AUTOMATIC ZOOM
2)
Press the ENT Key. The Map Settings Menu is displayed.
3)
Select the ‘Map’ group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Highlight the ‘Auto Zoom’ on/off field, and select ‘Off’ or ‘On’ using the
small FMS Knob.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
Appendix
1)
190-02042-00 Rev. B
AFCS
1)
13
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor
highlights the ‘Auto Zoom’ display selection field.
7)
Select ‘MFD’, ‘PFD’, or ‘ALL’ using the small FMS Knob.
8)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor
highlights the ‘Max Look FWD’ field. Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
9)
Use the FMS Knobs to set the time. Press the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
10) Repeat step 9 for ‘Min Look FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘Time Out’ (zero
to 99 minutes).
11) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
PANNING THE MAP
1)
Press the Joystick to display the Map Pointer.
2)
Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
3)
Press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the
aircraft’s current position.
1)
Place the Map Pointer on a waypoint.
2)
Press the ENT Key to display the Waypoint Information Page for the
selected waypoint.
3)
Press the GO BACK Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the
Waypoint Information Page and return to the Navigation Map showing the
selected waypoint.
VIEWING AIRSPACE INFORMATION FOR A SPECIAL-USE OR CONTROLLED
AIRSPACE
1)
Place the Map Pointer on the boundary of an airspace.
2)
Press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and center the map on the
aircraft.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
REVIEWING INFORMATION FOR AN AIRPORT, NAVAID, OR USER WAYPOINT
14
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
2)
Press the TOPO Softkey.
3)
Press the TOPO Softkey again to remove topographic data from the PFD
Inset Map or the HSI Map. When topographic data is removed from
the PFD Map or HSI Map, all navigation data is presented on a black
background.
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The Map Settings Menu is displayed.
3)
Select the ‘Map’ group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Highlight the ‘Terrain Display’ field.
6)
Select ‘Topo’ or ‘Off’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
AFCS
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The Map Settings Menu is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired group.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired setting (e.g. On/Off or
maximum range).
7)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the
next item.
8)
Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary.
9)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Appendix
15
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Annun/Alerts
1)
Additional
Features
SETTING UP THE ‘LAND’, ‘AVIATION’ OR ‘AIRSPACE’ GROUP ITEMS
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight
Management
DISPLAYING/REMOVING TOPOGRAPHIC DATA USING THE NAVIGATION MAP
PAGE MENU
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Press the Map/HSI or Map Opt Softkey.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
DISPLAYING/REMOVING TOPOGRAPHIC DATA ON THE PFD INSET MAP OR
THE HSI MAP
DECLUTTERING THE MAP
Press the Detail Softkey with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The
current declutter level is shown. With each softkey selection, another level
of map information is removed.
DECLUTTERING THE PFD INSET MAP
1)
Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2)
Press the Detail Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each
selection, another level of map information is removed.
DISPLAYING/REMOVING AIRWAYS
1)
Press the MAP Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the AWY Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed
(AWY On).
3)
Press the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (AWY LO).
4)
Press the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (AWY HI).
5)
Press the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are
displayed (AWY Off).
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
SELECTING AN AIRWAY RANGE (LOW ALT AIRWAYS OR HIGH ALT AIRWAYS)
16
1)
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The Map Settings Menu is displayed.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ group, and press the ENT
Key.
4)
Highlight the ‘Low ALT Airways’ or ‘High ALT Airways’ range field.
5)
To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range
list.
6)
Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Setting’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The Map Settings Menu is displayed.
3)
Select the ‘Map’ group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Highlight the ‘Track Vector’ field.
6)
Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The
flashing cursor highlights the look ahead time field. Use the FMS Knob to
select the desired time. Press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
EIS
1)
Flight
Management
2)
Press the ENT Key. The Map Settings Menu is displayed.
3)
Select the ‘Map’ group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Highlight the ‘Fuel Range (RSV)’ field.
6)
Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7)
Highlight the fuel reserve time field. This time should be set to the amount
of flight time equal to the amount of fuel reserve desired.
8)
To change the reserve fuel time, enter a time (00:00 to 23:59;
hours:minutes). The default setting is 00:45 minutes.
9)
Press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
DISPLAYING/REMOVING THE SELECTED ALTITUDE INTERCEPT ARC
Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The Map Settings Menu is displayed.
17
Index
1)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
DISPLAYING/REMOVING THE FUEL RANGE RING AND SELECTING A FUEL
RANGE TIME
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight
Instruments
DISPLAYING/REMOVING THE TRACK VECTOR
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
3)
Select the ‘Map’ group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Highlight the ‘SEL ALT ARC’ field.
6)
Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
SELECTING AN AIRPORT FOR REVIEW BY IDENTIFIER, FACILITY NAME, OR
LOCATION
1)
From the Airport Information Page, press the FMS Knob.
2)
Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
SELECTING A RUNWAY
1)
With the Airport Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Runways’ Box, on the
runway designator.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one)
for the selected airport.
4)
To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
VIEWING A DESTINATION AIRPORT
From the Airport Information Page press the MENU Key. Select ‘View
Destination Airport’. The Destination Airport is displayed.
VIEWING INFORMATION FOR A NEAREST AIRPORT ON THE PFD
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
WAYPOINTS
18
1)
Press the Nearest Softkey to display the Nearest Airports Window. Press
the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Highlight the airport identifier with the FMS Knob and press the ENT Key
to display the Airport Information Window.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
4)
Press the CLR Key or the Nearest Softkey to close the PFD Nearest Airports
Window.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
VIEWING INFORMATION FOR A NEAREST AIRPORT ON THE MFD
EIS
To return to the Nearest Airports Window press the ENT Key (with the
cursor on ‘Back’) or press the CLR Key. The cursor is now on the next
airport in the nearest airports list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key moves
through the airport list, alternating between the Nearest Airports Window
and the Airport Information Window.)
Flight
Instruments
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Nearest Airports Page (it is the first
page of the group, so it may already be selected). If there are no Nearest
Airports available, “None Within 200nm” is displayed.
3)
Press the APT Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is
placed in the ‘Nearest Airports’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports
list is highlighted.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key
also moves to the next airport.)
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
2)
Hazard
Avoidance
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the NRST page group.
Flight
Management
1)
VIEWING RUNWAY INFORMATION FOR A SPECIFIC AIRPORT
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Annun/Alerts
With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, press the RNWY Softkey; or
press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Runway Window’; and press the ENT
Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Runways’ Box.
Additional
Features
1)
SELECTING AN INTERSECTION
2)
Press the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
With the Intersection Information Page displayed, enter an identifier in the
Intersection Box.
Appendix
1)
19
SELECTING AN NDB
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
With the NDB Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of
the NDB, or the city in which it’s located in the NDB Box.
2)
Press the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Additional
Features
AFCS
With the VOR Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of
the VOR, or the city in which it’s located in the VOR Box.
2)
Press the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
1)
With the VRP Information Page displayed, enter the identifier or the name
of the VRP in the VRP Box.
2)
Press the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
SELECTING A USER WAYPOINT
1)
With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, enter the name of the
User Waypoint, or scroll to the desired waypoint in the User Waypoint List
using the large FMS Knob.
2)
Press the ENT Key.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
CREATING USER WAYPOINTS FROM THE USER WAYPOINT INFORMATION
PAGE
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
1)
SELECTING A VRP
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
SELECTING A VOR
20
1)
Press the New Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New
User Waypoint’.
2)
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3)
Press the ENT Key. The current aircraft position is the default location of
the new waypoint.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the
following ways:
Flight
Instruments
4)
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key,
and enter the two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the
Reference Waypoints window using the FMS Knobs.
EIS
Or:
Or:
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
6)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “Temporary” or
“Normal” by moving the cursor to “Temporary” and pressing the ENT Key
to check or uncheck the box.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
CREATING USER WAYPOINTS FROM MAP PAGES
Press the ENT Key. The User Waypoint Information Page is displayed with
the captured position.
3)
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference
waypoint box is highlighted.
5)
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the
following ways:
Appendix
2)
Annun/Alerts
Press the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map
location of the desired user waypoint.
Additional
Features
1)
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key,
and enter the two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the
Reference Waypoints window using the FMS Knobs.
Index
Or:
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard
Avoidance
5)
Flight
Management
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the latitude and longitude into the Information window using the
FMS Knobs.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into
the Reference Waypoints window using the FMS Knobs.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
21
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into
the Reference Waypoints window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “Temporary” or
“Normal” by moving the cursor to “Temporary” and pressing the ENT Key
to check or uncheck the box.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
9)
Press the Go Back Softkey to return to the map page.
CHANGING THE ALTITUDE BUFFER DISTANCE SETTING
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup 1 Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the
Airspace Alerts Box.
4)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AIRSPACES
TURNING AN AIRSPACE ALERT ON OR OFF
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the latitude and longitude into the Information window using the
FMS Knobs.
22
1)
Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup 1 Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts
Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or
counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
SELECTING AND VIEWING AN AIRSPACE ALERT WITH ITS ASSOCIATED
INFORMATION
2)
Press the Alerts Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Select Alerts Window’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is
placed in the ‘Airspace Alerts’ Box.
3)
Select the desired airspace.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Select the Nearest Airspaces Page.
EIS
1)
TURNING SMART AIRSPACE ON OR OFF
Flight
Management
2)
Press the MENU Key, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the
‘Group’ Box.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Airspace’ in the ‘Group’ Box and
press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Smart Airspace’ field in the
Aviation Map Setup Window.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn smart airspace ‘On’ or
counterclockwise to turn smart airspace ‘Off’.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
Use the FMS Knob to select the Navigation Map Page.
Additional
Features
DIRECT-TO NAVIGATION
Appendix
Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active
flight plan wayoint as the default selection or a blank waypoint field if no
flight plan is active).
Annun/Alerts
ENTERING A WAYPOINT IDENTIFIER, FACILITY NAME, OR CITY AS A DIRECTTO DESTINATION
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
23
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier
(turning it counter-clockwise brings up the waypoint selection submenu press the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the
facility name, or city field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering
a facility name or city. If duplicate entries exist for the entered facility or
city name, additional entries can be viewed by turning the small FMS Knob
during the selection process.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to.
SELECTING AN ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN WAYPOINT AS A DIRECT-TO
DESTINATION
1)
While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key. The Directto Window is displayed with the active flight plan waypoint as the default
selection.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan
waypoints (the FPL list is populated only when navigating a flight plan).
3)
Select the desired waypoint.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
SELECTING A NEAREST, RECENT OR USER WAYPOINT AS A DIRECT-TO
DESTINATION
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
24
1)
Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active
flight plan destination as the default selection or a blank destination if no
flight plan is active).
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan
waypoints (the FPL list is populated only when navigating a flight plan).
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Nearest, Recent or User
waypoints.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight
plan is still active, the system resumes navigating the flight plan along the
closest leg.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
CANCELLING A DIRECT-TO
2)
Highlight the course field.
3)
Enter the desired course.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the
destination field highlighted.
Flight
Management
1)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
SELECTING A MANUAL DIRECT-TO COURSE
ENTERING A VNV ALTITUDE AND ALONG-TRACK OFFSET FOR THE
WAYPOINT
3)
Enter the desired altitude.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The option to select MSL or AGL is now displayed.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now flashing in the VNV offset distance
field.
7)
Enter the desired along-track distance before the waypoint.
8)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
9)
Press the ENT Key to activate.
Appendix
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the ‘VNV’ altitude field.
Annun/Alerts
2)
Additional
Features
Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
AFCS
1)
REMOVING A VNV ALTITUDE CONSTRAINT
Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
1)
25
FLIGHT PLANNING
CREATING AN ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Press the FPL Key.
2)
Press the small FMS Knob to activate the cursor (only on MFD).
3)
Select the origin airport and runway.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
a) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank Waypoint Information Window,
turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight
plan, nearest, recent, or user waypoints).
Hazard
Avoidance
b) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint
or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the
ENT Key. The Set Runway Window is displayed with the Runway field
highlighted.
c) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
d) Press the ENT Key again to add the runway to the flight plan.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the destination airport identifier field.
5)
Select the destination airport and runway.
Annun/Alerts
b) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint
or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the
ENT Key. The Set Runway Window is displayed with the Runway field
highlighted.
Appendix
Additional
Features
a) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank Waypoint Information Window,
turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight
plan, nearest, recent, or user waypoints).
c) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway and press the ENT Key.
d) Press the ENT Key again to add the runway to the flight plan.
Index
6)
26
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the the Enroute Header, an enroute
waypoint, or the dashes below the header. (If the header is selected, the
new waypoint is placed following the header. If an enroute waypoint or the
dashes are selected, the new waypoint will be placed ahead of the selected
item.)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
EIS
b) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or
select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT
Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
Repeat step number 6 to enter each additional enroute waypoint.
8)
When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the
cursor.
Flight
Management
ADDING A WAYPOINT TO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
Press the FPL Key.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3)
Select the point in the flight plan before which to add the new waypoint.
The new waypoint is placed directly in front of the highlighted waypoint.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank Waypoint Information Window,
turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan,
nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints).
5)
Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a
waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key. The
active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
CREATING AND ADDING USER WAYPOINTS TO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
2)
Press the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’,
and press the ENT Key. The user waypoint is created with a name of
USRxxx (using the next available in sequence) and is added to the end of
the active flight plan.
27
Index
Press the Joystick to activate the panning function on the Active Flight
Plan Page and pan to the map location of the desired user waypoint.
Appendix
1)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
7)
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight
Instruments
a) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank Waypoint Information Window,
turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight
plan, nearest, recent, or user waypoints).
ADDING AN AIRWAY TO A FLIGHT PLAN
1)
Press the FPL Key.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint after the desired airway
entry point. If this waypoint is not a valid airway entry point, a valid entry
point should be entered at this time.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and press the LD AIRWY
Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select “Load Airway”. The Select
Airway Page is displayed. The LD AIRWY Softkey or the “Load Airway”
menu item is available only when a valid airway entry waypoint has been
chosen (the waypoint ahead of the cursor position).
5)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the
ENT Key. Low altitude airways are shown first in the list, followed by “all”
altitude airways, and then high altitude airways.
6)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and
press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
7)
Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the
new airway inserted.
STORING AN ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN PAGE
OR THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN WINDOW
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in the
next available position in the flight plan list on the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
Index
Appendix
ACTIVATING A STORED FLIGHT PLAN ON THE MFD
28
1)
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan
Catalog Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired flight plan.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the Activate Softkey; or press the ENT Key twice; or press the
MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Activate Stored Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
3)
EIS
INVERTING AND ACTIVATING A STORED FLIGHT PLAN ON THE MFD
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan
Catalog Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Invert Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert &
Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Invert and activate stored flight
plan?’ window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
1)
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
IMPORT A FLIGHT PLAN FROM AN SD CARD
2)
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the
MFD.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan.
6)
Press the Import Softkey.
Additional
Features
Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
AFCS
1)
Annun/Alerts
If an empty flight plan is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the
SD card will be displayed.
Or:
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
29
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Appendix
If an existing flight plan is selected, an ‘Overwrite existing flight plan? OK
or CANCEL’ prompt is displayed. Press the ENT Key to choose to overwrite
the selected flight plan and see a list of the available flight plans on the SD
card. If overwriting the existing flight plan is not desired, select ‘CANCEL’
using the FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, select another existing or empty
flight plan, and again press the Import Softkey.
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing.
8)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the import.
1)
Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD.
2)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported.
6)
Press the Export Softkey.
7) Press the ENT Key to confirm the export.
Flight plans can be transferred to or from a mobile device via the Flight Stream 510
Bluetooth wireless connection. Transfer of a flight plan to a mobile device is controlled
by the mobile device.
PREVIEWING A FLIGHT PLAN TRANSFER FROM A WIRELESS CONNECTION:
1)
When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a
Pending Flight Plan pop-up alert appears in the lower right corner of the
MFD, and a Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page
name.
2)
Press the ENT Key to display the Preview Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
IGNORING A FLIGHT PLAN TRANSFER FROM A WIRELESS CONNECTION:
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
EXPORT A FLIGHT PLAN TO AN SD CARD
1)
When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a
Pending Flight Plan pop-up alert appears in the lower right corner of the
MFD, and an Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page
name.
2)
Press the CLR Key to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the pending
flight plan. The pending flight plan will still be available on the Flight Plan
Catalog page.
Index
STORING A PENDING FLIGHT PLAN:
30
1)
Press the FPL Key.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the pending flight plan.
5)
Press the ENT Key to display the Preview Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
6)
Press the Store Softkey to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is
stored and the pending annunciation is removed.
EIS
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and
Flight
Instruments
3)
ACTIVATING A PENDING FLIGHT PLAN:
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the pending flight plan.
3)
Press the ENT Key to display the Preview Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
4)
Press the Activate Softkey. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.
5)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to activate the pending flight
plan. The pending flight plan becomes the active flight plan and is removed
from the Flight Plan Catalog Page. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
DELETING A PENDING FLIGHT PLAN:
Press the FPL Key.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired pending flight plan.
5)
Press the Delete Softkey. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
6)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the pending flight plan.
The pending flight plan is removed from the Flight Plan Catalog Page. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the
ENT Key.
Additional
Features
1)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3)
Press the MENU Key.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
2)
Appendix
Press the FPL Key.
Annun/Alerts
DELETING ALL PENDING FLIGHT PLANS:
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan
Catalog Page.
Flight
Management
1)
31
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All Pending’.
5)
Press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all pending flight plans?’ confirmation
window is displayed.
6)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all pending flight plans.
To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press
the ENT Key.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Delete all waypoints in flight plan?’ window is displayed.
3)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the
ENT Key.
Additional
Features
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
DELETING AN ENTIRE AIRWAY FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
1)
DELETING AN INDIVIDUAL WAYPOINT FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
DELETING THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
32
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the airway to be
deleted.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name> from flight plan?’ window
is displayed.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
4)
DELETING AN ENTIRE PROCEDURE FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
EIS
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the procedure to
be deleted.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’
window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
ENTERING AN ALONG TRACK OFFSET DISTANCE
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the along track
offset.
3)
Press the ATK OFS Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
4)
Enter a positive or negative offset distance in the range of +/- 1 to 999 nm
(limited by leg distances).
5)
Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Additional
Features
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
ACTIVATING PARALLEL TRACK
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The
Parallel Track Window is displayed with the ‘Direction’ field highlighted.
33
Index
1)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
AFCS
1)
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight
Management
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
1)
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘LEFT’ or ‘RIGHT’ and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Distance’ field is highlighted.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a distance from 1-99 nm and press the
ENT Key. ‘Activate Parallel Track’ is highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Press the FMS Knob or the
CLR Key to cancel the parallel track activation.
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The
Parallel Track Window is displayed with ‘Cancel Parallel Track?’ highlighted.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
ACTIVATING A FLIGHT PLAN LEG
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the destination waypoint for the
desired leg.
3)
Press the ACT Leg Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed
with ‘Activate’ highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
CANCELLING PARALLEL TRACK
Index
Appendix
INVERTING THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
34
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key.
An ‘Invert Active Flight Plan?’ confirmation window is displayed.
3)
Select ‘OK’.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel,
press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
4)
INVERTING AND ACTIVATING A STORED FLIGHT PLAN
Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan
Catalog Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Invert Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert &
Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Invert and activate stored flight
plan?’ window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
EIS
1)
Press the View Softkey to display the CUM and Leg-Leg Softkeys.
3)
Press the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or press the
Leg-Leg Softkey to view leg-to-leg waypoint distance.
4)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
Additional
Features
DETERMINING THE CLOSEST POINT ALONG THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN TO A
SELECTED WAYPOINT
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point Of FPL’’, and press the ENT
Key. A window appears with the reference waypoint field highlighted.
3)
Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and press the ENT Key. The
system displays the bearing (BRG) and distance (DIS) to the closest point
along the flight plan to the selected reference waypoint and creates a user
waypoint at this location. The name for the new user waypoint is derived
from the identifier of the reference waypoint.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
35
Index
2)
Appendix
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
Annun/Alerts
1)
190-02042-00 Rev. B
AFCS
2)
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
Flight
Management
1)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
SWITCHING BETWEEN LEG-TO-LEG WAYPOINT DISTANCE AND CUMULATIVE
WAYPOINT DISTANCE
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the hold.
3)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
The HOLD AT window appears with the course field highlighted.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the entry course, and press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
6)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and
press the ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
8)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press
the ENT Key.
9)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time),
and press the ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
EIS
1)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
CREATING A USER-DEFINED HOLD AT AN ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN WAYPOINT
Flight
Management
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
AFCS
10) Press the ENT Key while ‘Load?’ is highlighted to insert the hold into the
flight plan.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
CREATING A USER-DEFINED HOLD AT THE AIRCRAFT PRESENT POSITION
36
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Present Position’, and press the
ENT Key. The ‘Hold at’ window appears with the course field highlighted.
3)
If desired, use the FMS Knobs to edit the entry course, and press the ENT
Key.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and
press the ENT Key.
6)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
8)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time),
and press the ENT Key.
9)
Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to create an Offroute
Direct-to hold waypoint at the aircraft present position and activate the
hold.
EIS
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press
the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
7)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
CREATING A USER-DEFINED HOLD AT A DIRECT-TO WAYPOINT
2)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the entry course, and press the ENT Key.
3)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and
press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
6)
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press
the ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC TIME),
and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to activate the direct-to
with the user-defined hold defined at the direct-to waypoint. (If the directto wayoint is part of the active flight plan, the HOLD is inserted into the
active flight plan. If the direct-to waypoint is not part of the active flight
plan, an off-route direct-to hold is created.)
Hazard
Avoidance
Press a Direct-to Key and set up the direct-to waypoint as desired, but
select ‘Hold?’ instead of ‘Activate?’ when finished (MFD or PFD).
Flight
Management
1)
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Press the SUSP Softkey. The system will provide guidance to follow the
holding pattern to the inbound course and resume automatic waypoint
sequencing.
AFCS
EXITING A USER-DEFINED HOLD INSERTED INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
37
REMOVING A USER-DEFINED HOLD INSERTED INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT
PLAN
AFCS
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the HOLD waypoint.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove Holding Pattern?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4)
Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed from
the active flight plan. Select ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key to cancel the
removal of the holding pattern.
REMOVING A USER-DEFINED HOLD AT AN OFF-ROUTE DIRECT-TO
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Press a Direct To Key to display the Direct To Window (PFD or MFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu with the cursor on the
‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ selection.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed.
VERTICAL NAVIGATION
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable
VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is enabled, and vertical
guidance begins with the waypoint shown in the Active VNV Profile box
(defaults first waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for
vertical navigation (e.g., HABUK)).
DISABLING VNV GUIDANCE
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
ENABLING VNV GUIDANCE
38
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the Cncl VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Cancel
VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is disabled.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
EIS
The system system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to
give guidance for vertical navigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific
instance, manually entered or retrieved from the published altitudes in the navigation
database.
Flight
Instruments
ALTITUDE CONSTRAINTS
Displayed Text
Examples
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
White Text
White Text
with Altitude
Restriction Bar
Hazard
Avoidance
Cyan Text
Flight
Management
Cyan Text with
Pencil Icon
AFCS
23OOFT
5OOOFT
Cross AT 2,300 ft
Cross AT or ABOVE
5,000 ft
Additional
Features
Altitude Constraint Examples
Annun/Alerts
3OOOFT
Cross AT or BELOW
3,000 ft
Temperature Compensated
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
39
Flight Management
Cyan Text
5OOOFT
5OOOFT
Altitude calculated by the system estimating
the altitude of the aircraft as it passes over the
navigation point. No white line above or below to
indicate a potential constraint.
Altitude is designated for use in
determining vertical guidance. A pencil
icon indicates manual designation or
manual data entry.
5OOOFT
5OOOFT
Altitude retrieved from the navigation database.
White line above or below indicates the type of
constraint, as shown in the preceding figure.
These altitudes are provided as a reference, and
are not designated to be used in determining
vertical guidance.
The system cannot use this altitude in
determining vertical guidance because of
an invalid constraint condition.
Altitudes associated with arrival and approach procedures are “auto-designated”.
This means the system automatically uses the altitudes loaded with the arrival or
approach for giving vertical speed and deviation guidance. Note that these altitudes
are displayed as cyan text up to, but not including, the FAF. The FAF is always a
“reference only” altitude and cannot be designated, unless the selected approach does
not provide vertical guidance. In this case, the FAF altitude can be designated.
Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “undesignated” using the CLR Key. The altitude is now displayed only as a reference. It
is not used to give vertical guidance. Other displayed altitudes may change due to
re-calculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude to a
non-designated altitude.
DESIGNATING A WAYPOINT ALTITUDE TO BE USED FOR VERTICAL
GUIDANCE
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter editing mode.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in cyan, indicating it is
usable for vertical guidance.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
White Text
40
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in cyan, indicating it is
usable for vertical guidance.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
DESIGNATING A PROCEDURE WAYPOINT ALTITUDE TO BE USED FOR
VERTICAL GUIDANCE
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
ENTERING/MODIFIYING AN ALTITUDE CONSTRAINT
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3)
Enter an altitude constraint value using the FMS Knobs. To enter altitudes
as a flight level, turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise past zero
or clockwise past 9 on the first character, and the system automatically
changes to show units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise
to highlight the first zero and enter the three digit flight level.
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
Flight
Management
1)
4)
AFCS
Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected
waypoint is an airport, an additional choice is displayed. Turn the small
FMS Knob to choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the
altitude.
An altitude constraint is invalid if:
• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle (6° down) or
maximum vertical speed (-6000 fpm) to be exceeded
• The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not
supported
Appendix
• The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides
vertical guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS SBAS approach)
Annun/Alerts
• The altitude constraint results in a TOD behind the aircraft present position
Additional
Features
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
• The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF.
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
41
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired waypoint.
3)
Press the VNV Direct-To Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘VNV Direct-To’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Activate vertical Direct-to to:
NNNNNFT at XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for
the selected waypoint.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
MODIFYING THE VS TGT AND FPA
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the VNV Prof Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV
Profile Window’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is now located in the
Active VNV Profile box.
3)
Turn the FMS Knobs as needed to edit the values.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove VNV altitude constraint?’ confirmation
window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key.
DELETING AN ALTITUDE CONSTRAINT THAT HAS BEEN MANUALLY ENTERED
Index
Appendix
1)
DELETING AN ALTITUDE CONSTRAINT PROVIDED BY THE NAVIGATION
DATABASE
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
1)
EIS
ACTIVATING A VERTICAL NAVIGATION DIRECT-TO
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
42
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of
nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘REMOVE’ and press the ENT Key. The manually entered altitude is
deleted (it is replaced by a system calculated altitude, if available).
Flight
Instruments
3)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of
nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘REVERT’ and press the ENT Key. The altitude is changed to the
navigation database value.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
1)
EIS
REVERTING A MANUALLY ENTERED ALTITUDE CONSTRAINT BACK TO THE
NAVIGATION DATABASE VALUE
MODIFYING A SYSTEM CALCULATED ALTITUDE CONSTRAINT
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3)
Press the CLR Key. An ‘Edit or Revert to published VNV altitude of
nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4)
Select ‘EDIT’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Edit the value using the FMS Knobs, and press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Annun/Alerts
2)
Additional
Features
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
AFCS
1)
PROCEDURES
Appendix
LOADING A DEPARTURE INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN USING THE PROC
KEY
Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2)
Highlight ‘Select Departure’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Departure Loading Page is displayed.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
1)
43
4)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
5)
Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7)
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is
highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure.
From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the
DP Softkey. The Departure Information Page is displayed, defaulting to the
airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
2)
To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter
an identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3)
Hazard
Avoidance
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Departure. The departure is
previewed on the map.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available departures. Press the ENT
Key to select the departure. The cursor moves to the Runway box. The
departure is previewed on the map.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key
to select the runway. The cursor moves to the Transition box (only if there
are available transitions). The departure is previewed on the map.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT
Key to select the transition. The cursor moves to the Sequence box. The
departure is previewed on the map.
7)
Press the INFO-1 Softkey or the INFO-2 Softkey to return to the Airport
Information Page.
REMOVING A DEPARTURE PROCEDURE FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Flight
Management
1)
AFCS
VIEWING AVAILABLE DEPARTURES AT AN AIRPORT
Additional
Features
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
44
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the
departure procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2)
Highlight ‘Select Arrival’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Loading Page is displayed.
4)
Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
5)
Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key.
6)
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7)
Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
LOADING AN ARRIVAL INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN USING THE PROC KEY
To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter
an identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Arrival. The arrival is previewed
on the map.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available arrivals. Press the ENT Key
to select the arrival. The cursor moves to the Transition box. The arrival is
previewed on the map.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT
Key to select the transition. The cursor moves to the Runway box. The
arrival is previewed on the map.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key
to select the runway. The cursor moves to the Sequence box. The arrival is
previewed on the map.
7)
Press the INFO-1 Softkey or the INFO-2 Softkey to return to the Airport
Information Page.
AFCS
2)
Hazard
Avoidance
From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the
STAR Softkey. The Arrival Information Page is displayed, defaulting to the
airport displayed on the Airport Information Page.
Flight
Management
1)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
VIEWING AVAILABLE ARRIVALS AT AN AIRPORT
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
45
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
HSI Annunciation
LNAV
RNAV GPS approach using published LNAV minima
RNAV GPS approach using published LNAV minima. Advisory vertical guidance is
provided
L/VNAV
(available only if SBAS
available)
RNAV GPS approach using published LNAV/VNAV minima (downgrades to L/
VNAV (Baro VNAV) if SBAS unavailable)
LP
(available only if SBAS
available)
RNAV GPS approach using published LP minima (downgrades to LNAV if SBAS
unavailable)
LP+V
(available only if SBAS
available)
RNAV GPS approach using published LP minima
Advisory vertical guidance is provided (downgrades to LNAV if SBAS unavailable)
LPV
(available only if SBAS
available)
RNAV GPS approach using published LPV minima (downgrades to L/VNAV (Baro
VNAV) if SBAS unavailable)
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
LNAV+V
Description
Approach Service Levels
Additional
Features
AFCS
LOADING AN APPROACH INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN USING THE PROC
KEY
1)
Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2)
Highlight ‘Select Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The Approach Loading
Page is displayed.
3)
Select the airport and approach:
a) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
b) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Or:
Appendix
a) If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the
large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the Approach Channel field.
b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press
the ENT Key to accept the approach channel number. The airport and
approach are selected.
Index
4)
46
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
Minimums
a) To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, ‘TEMP
COMP’ or ‘RAD ALT’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob
to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
6)
VIEWING AVAILABLE APPROACHES AT AN AIRPORT
3)
Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the
Approach. The approach is previewed on the map.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available approaches. Press the ENT
Key to select the approach. The cursor moves to the Transition box. The
approach is previewed on the map.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT
Key to select the transition. The cursor moves to the Minimums box. The
approach is previewed on the map.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select minimums on or off. Press the ENT Key.
Appendix
a) When minimums are selected on, the cursor moves to the minimum
altitude field . Use the small FMS Knob to select the altitude. Press
the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
47
Index
b) If temperature compensated minimums was selected, the cursor
moves to the temperature field. Use the small FMS Knob to select the
temperature. Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the Sequence
box. The approach is previewed on the map.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter
an identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the
APR Softkey. The Approach Information Page is displayed, defaulting to the
airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach
procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate’ and press the
ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Or:
EIS
b) If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the temperature
field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the temperature, and press the
ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
5)
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Or:
When minimums are selected off, the cursor moves to the Sequence
box. The approach is previewed on the map.
EIS
7)
Press the INFO-1 or the INFO-2 Softkey to return to the Airport
Information Page.
1)
Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.
2)
Highlight ‘ACTIVATE VECTOR-TO-FINAL’ and press the ENT Key.
REMOVING AN APPROACH FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
ACTIVATING A PREVIOUSLY LOADED APPROACH WITH VECTORS TO FINAL
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active
Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2)
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the
approach procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
ACTIVATING A MISSED APPROACH IN THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
1)
Press the PROC Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Missed Approach’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP.
Or:
Index
Appendix
Press the Go-Around Button.
48
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Temperature Compensation Window is displayed.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to select the temperature at the <airport>. The
compensated altitude is computed as the temperature is selected.
5)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate Compensation?’ is highlighted.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The compensated altitudes for the approach are
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key. The Page Menu is
displayed.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
ACTIVATING TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED ALTITUDE
Flight
Management
shown in the flight plan.
CANCELLING TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED ALTITUDE
From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key. The Page Menu is
displayed.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Temperature Compensation Window is displayed.
4)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Cancel Compensation?’ is highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The temperature compensated altitude at the FAF
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
AFCS
is cancelled.
Additional
Features
TRIP PLANNING
SELECTING AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL PAGE MODE
Annun/Alerts
Press the Auto Softkey or the Manual Softkey; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
Appendix
SELECTING FLIGHT PLAN OR WAYPOINT MODE
Press the FPL Softkey or the WPTs Softkey; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
49
SELECTING A FLIGHT PLAN AND LEG FOR TRIP STATISTICS
1)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the flight plan number field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for
each leg can be viewed by turning the small FMS Knob to select the
desired leg. The Inset Map also displays the selected data.
SELECTING WAYPOINTS FOR WAYPOINT MODE
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
1)
Press the WPTs Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints
Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is positioned in the waypoint
field directly below the FPL field.
2)
Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint (or select from the Page
Menu ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ if that is what is desired), and press the
ENT Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field.
3)
Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key.
The statistics for the selected leg are displayed.
1)
Press the Manual Softkey or select ‘Manual Mode’ from the Page Menu,
and press the ENT Key. The cursor may now be positioned in any field in
the top right two boxes.
2)
Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the Departure Time field and
enter the desired value. Press the ENT Key. The statistics are calculated
using the new value and the cursor moves to the next entry field. Repeat
until all desired values have been entered.
ENTERING BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
ENTERING MANUAL DATA FOR TRIP STATISTICS CALCULATIONS
50
1)
Press the Empty WT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Basic
Empty Weight’, and press the ENT Key to select the ‘Basic Empty Weight’
field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the basic empty weight.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Pilot & Stores’
field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the pilot and stores weight.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
1)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Passengers #’
field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the number of passengers.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Hazard
Avoidance
ENTERING THE AVERAGE PASSENGER WEIGHT
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the average passenger weight.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the passenger
weight field.
ENTERING THE CARGO WEIGHT
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the cargo weight.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Appendix
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Cargo’ field.
Annun/Alerts
1)
ENTERING A FUEL ON BOARD WEIGHT
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Fuel on Board’
field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel on board.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
51
Index
1)
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight
Management
1)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
ENTERING THE NUMBER OF PASSENGERS
1)
Flight
Instruments
ENTERING A PILOT AND STORES WEIGHT
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
1)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Fuel Reserves’
field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel reserves amount.
3)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
RAIM PREDICTION
PREDICTING RAIM AVAILABILITY AT A SELECTED WAYPOINT
1)
Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘Waypoint’ field is highlighted.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank Waypoint Information Window,
turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan,
nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints).
4)
Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint; or select
a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key to
accept the waypoint entry.
5)
Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
6)
Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the ENT Key with ‘Compute RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the
computation.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
ENTERING FUEL RESERVE
52
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
PREDICTING RAIM AVAILABILITY AT THE AIRCRAFT PRESENT POSITION
2)
Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘Waypoint’ field is highlighted.
3)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set WPT to Present Position’, and press the
ENT Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
5)
Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
6)
Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the ENT Key with ‘Compute RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the
computation.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
Flight
Management
ENABLING/DISABLING SBAS
2)
Press the SBAS Softkey.
3)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘EGNOS’,
‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’.
4)
Press the ENT Key to disable SBAS. Press the ENT Key again to enable
SBAS.
AFCS
Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
EIS
1)
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
53
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Blank Page
54
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
With the Navigation Map Page displayed, press the MENU Key to display
the Navigation Map Page Menu. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’
option.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed. Turn the small FMS
Knob to select ‘Weather’ to customize the display of weather features.
Select ‘Traffic’ to customize the display of traffic.
3)
Press the small FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Additional
Features
Appendix
Displaying Stormscope Lightning Data on the Navigation Map Page
Press the STRMSCP Softkey.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
2)
Annun/Alerts
WARNING: Do not rely on information from the lightning detection system
display as the sole basis for hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations
and interference may cause the system to display inaccurate or incomplete
information. Refer to the documentation from the lightning detection system
manufacturer for detailed information about the system.
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
AFCS
STORMSCOPE® (OPTIONAL)
1)
Flight
Management
CUSTOMIZING THE HAZARD DISPLAYS ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather
product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather
data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data
link weather product may be significantly older than the indicated weather
product age.
EIS
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in,
near or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within data
link weather products may not accurately depict current weather conditions.
55
Hazard Avoidance
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Displaying Stormscope information on PFD maps:
1)
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey (in TCAS II installations, press the
Map Opt Softkey.)
2)
Press the Lightning Softkey.
3)
Press the STRMSCP Softkey.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Lightning Age
Strike is less than 6 seconds old
Symbol
Strike is between 6 and 60 seconds old
Flight
Management
Strike is between 1 and 2 minutes old
Strike is between 2 and 3 minutes old
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Select ‘Cell’ or ‘Strike’ as the Stormscope Lightning Mode
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
With ‘Map Settings’ selected, press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ group and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Stormscope Mode field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to change between ‘Cell’ and ‘Strike’ options.
When the desired item is selected, press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Annun/Alerts
Manually Clearing Stormscope Data on the Navigation Map
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Clear Stormscope® Lightning’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Change the Stormscope Lightning Mode Between ‘Cell’ and ‘Strike’
56
1)
Select the Stormscope Page.
2)
Press the MODE Softkey. The CELL and STRIKE Softkeys are displayed.
Press the CELL Softkey to display ‘CELL’ data or press the STRIKE Softkey
to display ‘STRIKE’ data. ‘CELL’ or ‘STRIKE’ is displayed in the mode box
located in the upper left corner of the Stormscope Page.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
NOTE: “Cell mode” uses a clustering program to identify clusters of electrical
activity that indicate cells.
SIRIUSXM SATELLITE WEATHER (OPTIONAL)
EIS
Viewing the Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT or
FIS-B) Page.
3)
If the page title does not contain ‘(XM)’, it will be necessary to change the
data link weather source to SiriusXM Weather. Refer to the next procedure
to change the source.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
1)
With the Inset Map or HSI Map displayed, press the Map/HSI Softkey
(Map Opt Softkey for TCAS II installations).
2)
Press the NEXRAD or METAR Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
2)
Press the Layout Softkey.
3)
Press the Wx LGND Softkey to enable/disable the display of weather
product age information.
Additional
Features
With the Inset Map or HSI Map displayed, press the Map/HSI Softkey
(Map Opt Softkey for TCAS II installations).
Annun/Alerts
SiriusXM Weather Products and Symbols
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
NEXRAD
30
5 (U.S.)
10 (Canada)
Cloud Top (CLD TOP)
60
15 (69/69A)
30 (69/69A SXM)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
57
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Symbol
Appendix
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
Weather Product
AFCS
Enabling/disabling weather product age information on the PFD maps:
1)
Flight
Management
Enabling/disabling Weather Product Information on the PFD maps:
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
Echo Top (ECHO TOP)
30
7.5
SiriusXM Lightning
(LTNG)
30
5
Cell Movement (CELL
MOV)
30
1.25
SIGMETs/AIRMETs (SIG/
AIR)
60
12
METARs
90
12
City Forecast (CITY)
90
12
Surface Analysis (SFC)
60
12
Freezing Levels (FRZ LVL)
120
12
Winds Aloft (WIND)
90
12
County Warnings
(COUNTY)
60
5
Cyclone Warnings
(CYCLONE)
60
12
90
22
90
12
90
12
Weather Product
Icing Potential (CIP and
SLD)
(ICNG)
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
Air Report
(AIREPs)
58
Symbol
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
180
12
30
5
60
12
60
12
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
TAFs
No product
image
No product
image
No product
image
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
EIS
Turbulence
(TURB)
Radar Coverage Not
Available
TFRs
Symbol
Flight
Instruments
Weather Product
Flight
Management
CONNEXT WEATHER (OPTIONAL)
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Weather data is provided when the pilot initiates either a manual or automatic
Connext data request on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page on the MFD. No
weather data is displayed until the first Connext Weather Data Request is made.
Additional
Features
NOTE: The availability of specific Garmin Connext Weather products varies by
region. For product coverage information, refer to fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/
gfds-weather.
AFCS
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather
product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather
data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data
link weather product may be older than the indicated weather product age.
Hazard
Avoidance
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in,
near, or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within
data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather conditions.
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
59
Registering with Garmin Flight Data Services
A subscriber account must be established prior to receiving Connext Weather
products. Contact Garmin Flight Data Services at https://fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/
support/applications/satelliteservices/ or by calling 1-866-739-5687 in the United
States or (011) 913-440-1135. The following information is required to register for
Connext Weather services: G1000 NXi System ID, GSR56 (GSR1) Serial Number(s),
Tail Number, Serail/Airframe Number, Country of Registration, Aircraft Manufacturer,
and Aircraft Model.
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Aux-System Status. Note the System
ID and GSR1 Serial Number in the Airframe field.
Activating Connext Weather Registration:
After a subscriber account has been established, the system must be activated
for data link features such as reporting services or Connext Weather. Activation is
accomplished by entering the required access code. This process is only performed
when initially setting up the system for Connext services.
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
1)
Ensure the aircraft is outside with a clear view of the sky.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the MAP Page group.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the MAP-WEATHER DATA LINK (CNXT)
Page.
4)
Press the MENU Key. If necessary, select ‘Display Connext Weather’.
5)
Press ENT Key. The ‘CONNEXT REGISTRATION’ Window is now displayed.
6)
Using the FMS Knob enter the access code obtained from Garmin Flight
Data Services in the ACCESS CODE field.
7)
Press the ENT Key. REGISTER will now be highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key. System registration is complete when ‘REGISTERED’ is
displayed in the STATUS field.
Index
Accessing Connext Weather Products
60
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
60
Continuous
Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METARs)
90
Continuous
Winds Aloft
(WIND)
90
Continuous
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
90
Continuous
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
(SIG/AIR)
Appendix
Continuous
Annun/Alerts
30
Additional
Features
Datalink Lightning
(DL LTNG)
AFCS
30
Hazard
Avoidance
60
Flight
Management
Infrared Satellite
(IR SAT)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Radar Precipitation
(PRECIP)
Symbol
Expiration
Broadcast Rate
Time
(Minutes)
(Minutes)
U.S.: 3*
Canada: 3*†
30
Europe: 15
Australia: 15ˆ
EIS
Garmin Connext Weather
Product
Flight
Instruments
When a weather product is selected for display on the Weather Data Link (CNXT)
Page, a box containing a symbol for the product and its age (in minutes) are shown
in the upper right. If weather data has not been requested, ‘N/A’ is shown next to the
product symbol instead of age. The age of the weather product is based on the time
difference between when the data was assembled on the ground and the current GPS
time. Weather products are updated continuously or refreshed at specific intervals
(defined in the Broadcast Rate column in the following table).
If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the defined Expiration
Time intervals, the data is considered expired and is removed from the display. The
age of the expired product is replaced by dashes. If more than half of the expiration
time has elapsed, the color of the product age readout changes to yellow.
The refresh rate represents the interval at which the Garmin Connext groundbased servers make available the most current known weather data. It does not
necessarily represent the rate at which new content is received from weather sources.
61
Garmin Connext Weather
Product
Temporary Flight Restrictions
(TFRs)
Terminal Aerodrome Reports
(TAFs)
Symbol
Expiration
Broadcast Rate
Time
(Minutes)
(Minutes)
no product image
60
Continuous
no product image
60
Continuous
* The composite precipitation image is updated every 3 minutes, but individual radar sites may take
between 3 and 10 minutes to provide new data.
†
Canadian radar precipitation data provided by Environment Canada.
ˆ Australian radar precipitation data provided by the Australian Bureau of Meteorology.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page:
1)
Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Product Group 1’ or ‘Product Group 2’,
and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/
OFF, maximum map range settings, etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT)
Page with the changed settings.
Index
Appendix
Restoring default Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page settings:
62
1)
Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the MENU Key.
5)
Highlight the desired default(s) to restore (all or for selection) and press
ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Viewing Legends for Displayed Connext Weather Products
1)
Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2)
Press the LEGEND Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather
products.
EIS
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than
fit in the window.
4)
To remove the Legend Window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the
CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
Setting up and customizing weather data for the Navigation Map
Page:
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT
Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/
OFF, range settings).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with
the changed settings.
Additional
Features
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the Legend Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather
products.
63
Index
Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
Appendix
1)
Annun/Alerts
Viewing legends for displayed weather products on the Weather Data
Link (CNXT) Page:
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
AFCS
1)
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight
Management
3)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
b) Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Connext Weather Data Requests
The Connext Data Request window provides the flight crew with the options to
define the requested weather coverage area(s), choose automatic weather update
intervals (if desired), and the ability to send or cancel weather data requests. The
window also displays the status of the Connext data request process.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Manually Requesting Garmin Connext Weather information:
1)
Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired coverage option(s) and
press the ENT Key to show or hide a green check mark to select one of
more of the following coverage selections:
• Present Position – Requests data based on current location.
Hazard
Avoidance
• Destination – Requests data based on the active flight plan
destination (Direct-To destinations excluded). See the Flight
Management section for more information about entering and
activating flight plans.
Additional
Features
AFCS
• FPL – Requests data along an active flight plan, if one currently
exists. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan lookahead distance option (or choose ‘Remaining FPL’ to request weather
data for the remainder of the flight plan), then press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
• Waypoint – Requests data based on a waypoint (which may be offroute). Turn the large and small FMS Knobs to enter a waypoint, then
press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob highlight to the ‘Diameter / Route Width’ distance
field and turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired diameter and route
width of the request, then press the ENT Key.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob until the ‘Send Request’ field is highlighted. Press
the ENT Key to initiate the request immediately or press the FMS Knob to
return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page without requesting weather
data.
During a Connext Data Request, the REQUEST STATUS window initially displays
“Contacting Connext...”. Once a connection is established, the REQUEST STATUS
window displays “Receiving Wx Data... Time Remaining:” with an estimated data
64
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
65
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Appendix
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Connext Comm Error [4]
The system has disabled automatic weather data requests
due to excessive errors. Automatic weather data requests
have stopped. Send a manual weather data request to
resume automatic updates.
The system will attempt another automatic weather data
request after an error occurred during the previous request.
Timer counts down until the next automatic request occurs.
A general error has occurred. If the error persists, the system
should be serviced.
A communications error has occurred with the GDL59 or GIA.
The system should be serviced.
A general error has occurred. If the error persists, the system
should be serviced.
This occurs if multiple automatic weather data requests have
recently failed, or the GDL 59 or a GIA is off-line.
Additional
Features
Connext Comm Error [3]
AFCS
Connext Comm Error [2]
Hazard
Avoidance
Connext Comm Error [1]
Flight
Management
Auto update retry: ##
Seconds
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Auto requests inhibited
Send manual request to
reset.
Description
EIS
Weather Request
Status Message
Flight
Instruments
transfer time (either in minutes or seconds). If desired, the Connext Data Request
window may be closed while the data request is processing by pressing the FMS
Knob; the data request will continue to process in the background. Connext Data
Requests typically take between 1 to 4 minutes to complete depending on the size of
the selected weather coverage area(s), the amount of weather activity present (such as
precipitation), and the Iridium signal strength.
The system retrieves all available Garmin Connext weather products within
the selected coverage area(s) during an initial Connext Data Request. Enabling or
disabling the display of the weather product does not affect which weather products
are retrieved during a Connext Data Request.
To reduce data usage during subsequent requests, the system retains previously
retrieved textual weather products such as METARs and TAFs, so long as they have
not expired. The system also retrieves any new textual weather products matching the
current coverage area, and all graphical weather products during each data request.
If the Connext Data Request was successful, the REQUEST STATUS window (if
shown) indicates ‘OK’. Refer to the Abnormal Operations discussion later in this
section for more information on the messages received if the request is unsuccessful,
with possible causes.
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Weather Request
Status Message
EIS
Connext Comm Error [5]
Connext Comm Error [7]
Connext Comm Error [8]
This can occur if the GDL 59 is off-line or not configured, or
the Iridium or Garmin Connext services are not accessible.
Check Iridium signal strength. If this error persists, the
system should be serviced.
A communications error has occurred. It this error persists,
the system should be serviced.
A weather data transfer has timed out. Check Iridium signal
strength and re-send the data request.
A server error has occurred or invalid data received.
An error occurred while reading or writing data. If the error
persists, the system should be serviced.
There is a problem with the Garmin Connext registration.
Contact Garmin at 1-866-739-5687 in the United States or
Connext Login Invalid
913-397-8200, wait for the operator, and request Extension
1135 for assistance.
The Garmin Connext Weather data server is temporarily out
Connext Server Temp Inop of service, but is expected to return to service in less than 30
minutes.
The Garmin Connext Weather data server will be out of
Connext Server Inop
service for at least 30 minutes.
The weather data request coverage area does not contain
at least one of the following: a waypoint, a flight plan, or a
Invalid Coverage Area
flight plan destination. Verify at least one of the coverage
options is enabled (checked) and contains required criteria,
then re-send the data request.
The system is not be currently subscribed to Garmin Connext
services or the access code is incorrect. Verify the access
No Connext Subscription code. Contact Garmin at 1-866-739-5687 in the United
States or 913-397-8200, wait for the operator, and request
Extension 1135 for assistance.
Connext Comm Error [9]
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Connext Comm Error [6]
Description
66
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Description
The weather data request timed-out. Re-send data request.
Transfer Preempted
The GDL 59 is busy. Retry request later.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Request Failed - Try Again
EIS
Request Canceled
The size of the received weather data has exceeded system
memory limits. Reduce the size of the coverage area and
issue another Connext Data Request to ensure all available
weather data has been received.
The user has cancelled a Connext Data Request.
Reduce Request Area
Flight
Instruments
Weather Request
Status Message
Abnormal Weather Data Request Status Messages
Flight
Management
Cancelling a Connext Data Request in Progress:
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Cancel Request’ field and press the
ENT Key. The request status box indicates ‘Request Cancelled’.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
AFCS
Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Enabling/disabling automatic Connext Data Requests:
Select the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Choose the desired weather coverage options.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Update Rate’ field. Then turn the
small FMS Knob to highlight the desired automatic update frequency (Off,
5 Min, 10 Min, 15 Min, 20 Min, 30 Min, 45 Min, or 60 Min), then press the
ENT Key.
6)
The ‘Send Request’ field is highlighted and a countdown timer is displayed
in the ‘Request Status’ Window based on the currently selected update
rate. Press the ENT Key to immediately send an immediate Connext Data
Request.
Index
67
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Annun/Alerts
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional
Features
1)
FIS-B WEATHER
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in,
near, or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within
data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather
conditions.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather
product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather
data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data
link weather product may be older than the indicated weather product age.
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (FIS-B, XM, or
CNXT) Page.
3)
If the page title displays a weather data link weather source other than
‘FIS-B’, such as ‘XM’ or ‘CNXT’, proceed to the following steps to change
the data link weather source.
4)
Press the MENU Key.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Display FIS-B Weather’ and press the
ENT Key. The page title will display ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ to
indicate FIS-B is now the selected data link weather source.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Viewing the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page:
1)
Select the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Enable FIS-B Weather’ or ‘Disable
FIS-B Weather’, and press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Enabling/disabling the FIS-B weather feature:
68
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Broadcast
Rate
(Minutes)
30
15
30
2.5
90
5
90
10
90
10
60
5
no product image
30
2.5
no product image
60
10
FIS-B Weather Product
Symbol
NEXRAD Composite (US)
Flight
Instruments
Expiration
Time
(Minutes)
EIS
no product image
AFCS
Terminal Aerodrome
Forecast
Temporary Flight
Restriction (TFR)
Hazard
Avoidance
No Radar Coverage
Flight
Management
Winds Aloft
(WIND)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
(SIG/AIR)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
NEXRAD Composite
(Regional)
Meteorological Aerodrome
Report (METARs
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
10
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT
Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/
OFF, range settings).
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Appendix
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
1)
Additional
Features
Setting up and customizing FIS-B weather data for the Navigation Map
Page:
69
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with
the changed settings.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page:
1)
Select the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Product Group 1’, and press the ENT
Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/
OFF, range settings, etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (FIS-B)
Page with the changed settings.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Displaying/removing the weather product information box on the PFD
Inset Map:
1)
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey (Map Opt Softkey in TCAS II
installations).
2)
Press the Layout Softkey.
3)
Press the WX LGND Softkey.
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Viewing legends for displayed weather products on the Weather Data
Link (FIS-B) Page:
1)
Select the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.
2)
Press the Legend Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather
products.
Index
Viewing legends for displayed weather products (on the Navigation
Map Page):
70
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Press the Legend Softkey (available if one or more FIS-B weather products
are enabled for display).
4)
To remove the Legend Window, press the Legend Softkey, the ENT or the
CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
EIS
AIRBORNE COLOR WEATHER RADAR
Hazard
Avoidance
Displaying Weather on the Weather Radar Page
2)
Press the Mode Softkey.
3)
While on the ground, press the Standby Softkey. For the GWX 68 only,
a one-minute warm-up period is initiated (countdown is displayed on the
screen). After the warm-up is complete, the radar enters the Standby Mode.
The warm-up period is not applicable to the GWX 70.
a) Press the Weather Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed.
Or:
The horizontal scan is initially displayed. If desired, press the Vertical
Softkey to change to vertical scanning.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
5)
Appendix
If the aircraft is airborne, press the Weather Softkey. For the GWX 68 only,
a one-minute warm-up period is initiated (countdown is displayed on the
screen). After the warm-up is complete, the radar begins transmitting. The
warm-up period is not applicable to the GWX 70.
Annun/Alerts
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight YES and press the ENT Key to
continue radar activation.
Additional
Features
Select the Weather Radar Page in the Map Page Group with the FMS Knob.
AFCS
1)
Turn the Joystick to select the desired map range.
Flight
Management
CAUTION: In Standby Mode, the antenna is parked at the center line. It
is always a good idea to put the radar in Standby Mode before taxiing the
aircraft to prevent the antenna from bouncing on the bottom stop and possibly
causing damage to the radar assembly.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
WARNING: Begin transmitting only when it is safe to do so. If it is desired to
transmit while the aircraft is on the ground, no personnel or objects should
be within 12 feet of the antenna.
4)
Flight
Instruments
3)
71
Weather Mode Color
Intensity
Approximate
Precipitation Rate (in/hr.)
Black
< 23 dBZ
< .01.
Green
23 dBZ to < 32 dBZ
.01 - 0.1.
Yellow
32 dBZ to < 41 dBZ
0.1 - 0.5
Red
41 dBZ to < 50 dBZ
0.5 - 2
Magenta
50 dBZ and greater
>2
Precipitation Intensity Levels in Weather Mode (GWX 68)
Weather Mode Color
Intensity
Approximate
Precipitation Rate (in/hr.)
Black
< 23 dBZ
< .01
Green
23 dBZ to < 33 dBZ
.01 - 0.1
Yellow
33 dBZ to < 41 dBZ
0.1 - 0.5
Red
41 dBZ and greater
greater than 0.5
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
AFCS
Magenta (Optional)
TURB- (Optional) Turbulence Detection uses the color magenta to
show areas of rain or hail that may also contain turbulence
Precipitation Intensity Levels in Weather Mode (GWX 70)
Additional
Features
Vertically Scan a Storm Cell
Annun/Alerts
NOTE: Vertical scanning of a storm cell should be done with the aircraft
wings level to avoid constant adjustment of the Bearing Line.
1)
While in the Horizontal Scan view, press the BRG Softkey. This places the
cursor in the BEARING field and displays the Bearing Line.
If the Bearing Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large
Index
Appendix
FMS Knob to select Show Bearing Line. Press the ENT Key.
72
2)
Press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line on the desired storm
cell or other area to be vertically scanned.
4)
Press the Vertical Softkey. A vertical scan of the selected area is now
displayed.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
6)
Turn the Joystick to adjust the range.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
8)
To select a new area to be vertically scanned, press the Horizon Softkey to
return to the Horizontal Scan view and repeat the previous steps.
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the TILT field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired antenna tilt angle.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Flight
Management
1)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Adjusting antenna tilt on the Horizontal Scan display
Adjusting antenna tilt on the Vertical Scan display
Press the Tilt Softkey to activate the cursor in the TILT field and display the
Tilt Line.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
EIS
The small FMS Knob may be used to move the scanned bearing line a few
degrees right or left.
Flight
Instruments
5)
If the Tilt Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large
FMS Knob to select Show Tilt Line. Press the ENT Key.
Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the antenna tilt angle. The selected tilt
angle is implemented when Horizontal Scan is again selected.
Additional
Features
The Joystick can also be used to adjust tilt.
Enabling/disabling manual gain adjustment
Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the gain for the desirable level. The
gain setting is visible in the Gain field as a movable horizontal bar in
a flashing box. The line pointer is a reference depicting the calibrated
position.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
2)
Appendix
Press the Gain Softkey to activate the cursor in the Gain field.
Annun/Alerts
WARNING: Changing the gain in weather mode causes precipitation intensity
to be displayed as a color not representative of the true intensity. Remember
to return the gain setting to Calibrated for viewing the actual intensity of
precipitation.
1)
AFCS
2)
73
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
4)
Press the Gain Softkey again to return to the calibrated gain setting.
‘Calibrated’ is displayed in the Gain field.
Enabling/disabling Sector Scanning
While in horizontal scan mode, press the BRG Softkey to display the
Bearing Line and place the cursor in the BEARING field. If the Bearing Line
is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to
select Show Bearing Line.
2)
Press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line in the desired position.
The location of the Bearing Line becomes the center point of the Sector
Scan.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the Sector Scan field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired scan. Selecting ‘Full’
enables a 90º scan (GWX 68) or 120º scan (GWX 70).
6)
If desired, readjust the Bearing Line as discussed previously to change the
center of the Sector Scan.
7)
Press the BRG Softkey again to remove the Bearing Line and cursor. The
bearing reference is reset to 0º.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
1)
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
Enabling/disabling antenna stabilization
1)
On the Weather Radar Page, press the Mode Softkey.
2)
Press the STAB Softkey to enable/disable antenna stabilization. The current
stabilization condition is, ‘STAB ON’ or ‘STAB OFF’ is shown in the upper
right of the Weather Radar Page.
1)
Select the Weather Radar Page.
2)
To activate or deactivate the turbulence detection feature, press the TURB
Softkey. Turbulence detection is enabled when the softkey annunciator is
green; turbulence detection is disabled when the softkey annunciator is
gray. The system indicates the current turbulence detection feature status
in the upper right of the Weather Radar Page.
Index
Appendix
Enabling/Disabling Turbulence Detection during a Horizontal Scan
74
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Select the Weather Radar Page.
2)
Press the Mode Softkey.
3)
To enable or disable the ground clutter suppression feature, press the
GCS Softkey. Ground clutter suppression is enabled when the softkey
annunciator is green; ground clutter suppression is disabled when the
annunciator is gray.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Enabling/disabling Ground Clutter Suppression
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Operation in Ground Map Mode
2)
Press the Ground Softkey to place the radar in Ground Map mode.
3)
Press the Back Softkey.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the Tilt field.
6)
Adjust the antenna tilt angle by turning the small FMS Knob to display
ground returns at the desired distance.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Cyan
Yellow
Blue
0 dB
> 0 dB to < 9 dB
9 dB to < 18 dB
18 dB to < 27 dB
27 dB and greater
Annun/Alerts
Magenta
Intensity
Additional
Features
Black
AFCS
Ground Map
Mode Color
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the Mode Softkey.
Flight
Management
1)
Ground Target Return Intensity Levels
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the WX Radar Softkey.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
1)
Appendix
Enabling/disabling Airborne Weather Radar Overlay on the Navigation
Map Page
75
Hazard Avoidance
1)
With the weather radar overlay enabled, push the Joystick twice. The
bearing and tilt legend is displayed.
2)
Move the Joystick up to adjust the antenna tilt angle downward, or move
the Joystick up to adjust the antenna tilt angle upward.
3)
Move the Joystick left or right to adjust the bearing line in the desired
direction. The bearing line is displayed during and momentarily after
adjustment.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Adjusting the bearing and antenna tilt angle on the Navigation Map
Page
1)
If necessary, enable the HSI Map on the PFD.
2)
On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey (in TCAS II installations, press the
Map Opt Softkey).
3)
Press the Wx Radar Softkey to enable/disable the airborne weather radar
HSI Map overlay.
4)
Press the RDR Opt Softkey.
5)
To select a weather radar mode, press the Mode SEL Softkey
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Controlling weather radar information on the HSI Map:
a) Press a softkey for the desired mode: Off, Standby, Weather, or
Ground. The selected mode only affects the PFD on which the softkey is
selected.
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
b) When finished, press the Back Softkey.
6)
Press the Gain- Softkey to decrease the gain setting or press the Gain+
Softkey to increase the gain setting in increments of 0.5 with each press, or
press and hold the softkey for continuous adjustment. A gain setting of 0.0
is equivalent to the calibrated gain setting.
7)
Move the PFD Joystick up to adjust the antenna tilt angle downward, or
move the Joystick down to adjust the antenna tilt angle upward.
8)
Press the STAB Softkey to enable/disable antenna stabilization feature.
9)
Press the ACT Softkey to enable/disable the Altitude Compensated Tilt
feature.
Index
10) When finished adjusting the HSI Map display of the airborne weather radar,
press the Back Softkey.
76
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain avoidance.
TAWS is intended only to enhance situational awareness.
Flight
Management
Enabling/disabling relative terrain information on MFD navigation
maps
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government
agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data but
cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
EIS
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside the installed
terrain database coverage area.
Flight
Instruments
TERRAIN AWARENESS & WARNING SYSTEM (TAWS-A AND TAWS-B)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the TER Softkey to cycle through terrain options. The selected mode
is displayed in cyan: Off, Topo, Rel. Press the TER Softkey until ‘Rel’ is
displayed on the softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Displaying relative terrain information (PFD Maps)
Press the Map/HSI Softkey (Map Opt Softkey for TCAS II installations).
2)
Press the Rel Ter Softkey.
AFCS
1)
Additional
Features
TAWS On-Ground Legend
TAWS In-Air Legend
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
TAWS Relative Terrain Legends
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
77
Hazard Avoidance
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
• Terrain Display – Selects the display of topo, relative terrain, or no terrain,
and selects the maximum map range at which terrain is shown
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
• Obstacle Data – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range
at which obstacles are shown
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/
OFF, range settings).
7)
8)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with
the changed settings.
AFCS
Displaying the TAWS Page
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the TAWS-B Page.
Additional
Features
Showing/hiding aviation information on the TAWS Page
Annun/Alerts
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice
dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
1)
Select the TAWS Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Test TAWS System’ and press the ENT Key
to confirm the selection.
Index
Appendix
Manually testing the TAWS System
78
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Inhibiting/enabling FLTA and PDA alerting
1)
Select the TAWS Page.
2)
Press the TAWS INH Softkey to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice dependent
on current state).
EIS
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Select ‘Inhibit TAWS’ or ‘Enable TAWS’ (choice dependent on current state)
and press the ENT Key.
Overriding Flaps-based FIT alerting (TAWS-A Only)
Select the TAWS-A Page
2)
Press the Flap OVR Softkey
Flight
Management
1)
Or:
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Select ‘Flap Override’ or ‘Disable Flap Override’ (choice dependent on
current state) and press the ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
1)
Inhibiting/enabling GPWS alerting (TAWS-A Only)
2)
Press the GPWS INH Softkey to inhibit or enable GPWS alerts (choice
dependent on current state).
Additional
Features
Select the TAWS-A Page.
AFCS
1)
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
Annun/Alerts
b) Select ‘Inhibit GPWS’ or ‘Enable GPWS’ (choice dependent on current
state) and press the ENT Key.
Inhibiting/Enabling GSD alerting (only available during a GSD alert)
(TAWS-A Only)
Select the TAWS-A Page.
2)
Press the GS INH or GP INH Softkey to inhibit or enable GSD alerts
(softkey choice dependent on present GSD alert type).
Appendix
1)
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Index
Or:
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
79
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
1)
Press the MENU Key.
2)
Select the option to inhibit or enable the glideslope or glidepath alerting
(choice dependent on present GSD alert type) and press the ENT Key.
EIS
VERTICAL SITUATION DISPLAY (VSD)
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Enabling/Disabling the Vertical Situation Display (VSD)
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3)
Press the Inset Softkey.
4)
Press the VSD Softkey to enable or disable the VSD.
Hazard
Avoidance
Enabling/Disabling VSD Relative Terrain on the Navigation Map (when
VSD is enabled)
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
AFCS
3) Press the Terrain Softkey. Each selection cycles though an option displayed in cyan:
Off (disables terrain), Topo (to show topographical data) or REL (to show relative
terrain).
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
Selecting a VSD Mode
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the Inset Softkey.
3)
Press the VSD Softkey displaying the VSD mode in cyan. Each press of the
softkey cycles through a mode selection: FPL (flight plan), TRK (track), or
Auto.
Index
Appendix
Customizing the Track Mode Boundary display on the Navigation Map
Page
80
1)
Select the Navigation Map Page.
2)
Press the MENU Key.
3)
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘VSD’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
• TRK Mode BNDRY – Enables/disables the display of the Track Mode
Boundary and sets maximum range at which Track Mode Boundary is
shown.
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings).
7)
8)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with
the changed settings.
Hazard
Avoidance
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to
accurately depict all of the traffic within range of the aircraft. Due to lack
of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information from
aircraft or ground stations, traffic may be present that is not represented on
the display.
Flight
Management
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for
collision avoidance maneuvering. The traffic display does not provide collision
avoidance resolution advisories and does not under any circumstances or
conditions relieve the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
TRAFFIC AVOIDANCE SYSTEMS
EIS
6)
AFCS
Traffic Symbol
Description
Annun/Alerts
• If a Traffic Advisory System (TAS) or Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS
I) is configured, a STANDBY, OPERATE, TEST, and ALT MODE Softkey will
be displayed.
Additional
Features
TRAFFIC ADVISORY SYSTEM (TAS)/TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM
(TCAS I)
Non-Threat Traffic
Appendix
Proximity Advisory (PA)(TAS only, not available with TIS)
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Index
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
TAS/TCAS I Symbol Description
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
81
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Traffic Symbol
Description
Traffic Advisory with ADS-B directional information. Points in the
direction of the intruder aircraft track.
EIS
Proximity Advisory with ADS-B directional information. Points in
the direction of the aircraft track.
Other Non-threat traffic with ADS-B directional information. Points
in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
TAS/TCAS I with ADS-B Symbology (GTX 33/335 Transponder)
Flight
Management
Symbol
Description
Traffic Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the
intruder aircraft track.
Hazard
Avoidance
Traffic Advisory without directional information.
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range with directional information.
Displayed at outer range ring at proper bearing.
AFCS
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range without directional
information. Displayed at outer range ring at proper bearing.
Additional
Features
Proximity Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the
aircraft track.
Proximity Advisory without directional information.
Annun/Alerts
Other Non-Threat traffic with directional information. Points in the direction of
the intruder aircraft track.
Other Non-Threat traffic without directional information.
Index
Appendix
Traffic located on the ground with directional information. Points in the
direction of the aircraft track. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is
in Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
Ground traffic without directional information. Ground traffic is only displayed
when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
Non-aircraft ground traffic. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in
Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
TAS/TCAS I with ADS-B Symbology (GTX 345 Transponder)
82
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Traffic Advisory System (TAS) or Traffic Collision Avoidance System
(TCAS I) (Optional)
Testing the traffic system:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
EIS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
4) Press the Test Softkey.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
3) Turn the Joystick to set the range to 2/6 nm to allow for full traffic test
pattern display.
Displaying Traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
Flight
Management
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
4) Press the TAS STBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode.
‘STANDBY’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
AFCS
Enabling/disabling traffic information (MFD maps other than the
Traffic Map Page):
Hazard
Avoidance
3) Press the TAS OPER Softkey to begin displaying traffic. ‘OPERATING’ is
displayed in the Traffic mode field.
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
Additional
Features
2) Press the Traffic Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
Enabling/disabling traffic information on the PFD Inset Map or
HSI Map:
Annun/Alerts
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the display traffic
information on the Inset Map or HSI Map.
Appendix
Traffic Advisory System (TAS, L-3 Skywatch) (Optional)
Switching from standby mode to operating mode:
2) If using the FMS menu, press the ENT Key to place the traffic system in
the operating mode.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
83
Index
1) On the Traffic Page, press the TAS OPER Softkey or press the MENU Key
and turn the small FMS knob to select Operating Mode.
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
3) To switch to Standby Mode from the Traffic Page, press the TAS STBY
Softkey.
Testing the traffic system:
EIS
1) Set the range to 2/6 nm to allow for full test pattern display.
2) Press the Standby Softkey.
3) Press the Test Softkey. ‘TEST MODE’ is annunciated on the MFD.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
4) Self test takes approximately eight seconds to complete. When
completed successfully, traffic symbols display and a voice alert is heard
to indicate the system test passed.
Flight
Management
Displaying Traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
3) Press the Operate Softkey to begin displaying traffic. ‘Operating’ is
displayed in the Traffic mode field.
4) Press the ALT Mode Softkey to change the altitude volume.
AFCS
5) Press the Standby Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode.
‘Standby’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
6) Turn the Joystick clockwise to display a larger area or counterclockwise to display a smaller area.
Additional
Features
Enabling/disabling traffic information (MFD maps other than the
Traffic Map Page):
Annun/Alerts
2) Press the Traffic Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
Appendix
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
Enabling/disabling traffic information on the PFD Inset Map or
HSI Map:
Index
2) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the display traffic
information on the Inset Map or HSI Map.
84
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Traffic Advisory System (TAS, Honeywell KTA 870) (Optional)
Switching from standby mode to operating mode:
On the Traffic Page, press the Standby Softkey
EIS
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select Standby
Mode.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
2) Press the ENT Key.
Testing the traffic system:
1) Set the range to 2/6 nm to allow for full test pattern display.
Flight
Management
2) Press the Test Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
3) Self test takes approximately eight seconds to complete. When
completed successfully, traffic symbols are displayed and a voice alert
“TAS System Test OK” is heard. In the event that the system
test fails, the system reverts to Standby Mode and a voice alert “TAS
System Test Fail” is heard.
Displaying Traffic on the Traffic Map Page
AFCS
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
Additional
Features
3) Press the Normal Softkey to begin displaying traffic. OPERATING is
displayed in the Traffic mode field.
4) Press the Alt Mode Softkey to change the altitude volume.
Annun/Alerts
5) Press the Standby Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode.
‘STANDBY’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
6) Turn the Joystick clockwise to display a larger area or counterclockwise to display a smaller area.
Appendix
Enabling/disabling traffic information (MFD maps other than the
Traffic Map Page):
1) Press the Map Softkey.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
2) Press the Traffic Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
85
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
Enabling/disabling traffic information on the PFD Inset Map or
HSI Map:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey (Map Opt Softkey for TCAS II installations).
EIS
2) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the display traffic
information on the Inset Map or HSI Map.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
ADS-B TRAFFIC (GTX 345 ONLY) (Optional)
Flight
Management
Enabling/disabling the display of ADS-B traffic.
1)
Select the Traffic Map Page.
2)
Press the ADS-B Softkey.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Testing the display of ADS-B traffic:
1)
Select the Traffic Map Page.
2)
If necessary, turn the Joystick to select a map range of 2 and 6 nm to
ensure full test pattern display.
3)
Ensure the the ADS-B Softkey is disabled.
4)
If the optional TAS/TCAS I is installed, ensure the TAS STBY or TCAS STBY
Softkey is enabled.
5)
Press the Test Softkey.
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
Enabling/disabling ADS-B traffic information (MFD maps other than
the Traffic Map Page):
1)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the Traffic Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
1)
Press the Map/HSI Softkey (Map Opt Softkey for TCAS II installations).
2)
Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the display traffic information on
the Inset Map or HSI Map.
Index
Appendix
Enabling/disabling ADS-B traffic information on the PFD Inset Map or
HSI Map:
86
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
NOTE: If the installed TCAS II traffic system is not a Garmin GTS 8000, refer
to the applicable documentation for system-specific information.
Description
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Traffic Symbol
EIS
• If a Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS II) is configured, an REL, ABS,
TFC STBY, TA ONLY, TA/RA, TEST, and ALT RNG Softkey will be displayed.
Flight
Instruments
TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (TCAS II) (OPTIONAL)
Flight
Management
Non-Threat Traffic
(intruder is beyond 5 nm and greater than 1200’ vertical separation)
Proximity Advisory (PA)(TAS only, not available with TIS)
(intruder is within 5 nm and less than 1200’ vertical separation)
Traffic Advisory (TA)
(closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria)
Hazard
Avoidance
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
Resolution Advisory (RA)(TCAS II only)
(Potential collision area is within 15 to 35 seconds)
Resolution Advisory Off Scale (TCAS II only)
AFCS
Traffic Symbol Description
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3)
Turn the Joystick to set the range to 2/6 nm to allow for full traffic test
pattern display.
4)
Press the Test Softkey.
Annun/Alerts
1)
Additional
Features
Testing The TCAS II System
Appendix
Displaying Traffic On the Traffic Map Page
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3)
Press the TA Only or TA/RA Softkey to begin displaying traffic. ‘TA ONLY’
or ‘TA/RA’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
87
Index
1)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
4)
Press the Relative or Absolute Softkey to display the relative or absolute
altitude of other aircraft. When absolute altitude is displayed, the system
may revert to displaying relative altitude after 30 seconds if the TCAS II
system is providing altitude which is not corrected for the local barometric
pressure setting.
5)
Press the TFC STBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode.
‘STANDBY’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
6)
Turn the Joystick clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to
display a smaller area.
Flight
Management
Switching from standby mode to TA only or TA/RA mode
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3)
Press the TA ONLY or TA/RA Softkey
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Changing the Altitude Range
1)
Press the XPDR/TFC Softkey.
2)
Press the TCAS Softkey.
3)
Press the ALT RNG Softkey.
4)
Press one of the following altitude range softkeys:
Additional
Features
Above: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 9900 feet above the
aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during climb phase
of flight.
Annun/Alerts
Normal: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the
aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase
of flight.
Appendix
Below: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the
aircraft to 9900 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during descent phase
of flight.
UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed.
Press the BACK Softkey.
Index
5)
88
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
1)
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the Traffic Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
Flight
Instruments
Displaying Traffic Information on MFD Navigation Maps:
EIS
Enabling/Disabling Traffic Information On The PFD Inset Map or HSI
Map
Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the display traffic information on
the Inset Map or HSI Map.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
1)
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
89
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Blank Page
90
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
AFCS
NOTE: If the attitude information required for the default flight director modes
becomes invalid or unavailable, the autopilot automatically disengages.
EIS
ACTIVATING THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR
Modes Selected
Lateral
Vertical
ROL
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
AP Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
CWS Button
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
GA Button
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
TO
GA
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
TO
GA
ALT Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Altitude Hold
ALT
VS Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Vertical Speed
VS
Hazard
Avoidance
Roll Hold (default)
Flight
Management
FD Key
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
An initial press of a key listed in the following table (when the flight director is not
active) activates the pilot-side flight director in the listed modes.
Control Pressed
Flight
Instruments
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
ROL
Flight Level Change
FLC
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Vertical Path Tracking*
VPTH
NAV Key
Navigation**
GPS
VOR
LOC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
BC Key
Backcourse***
BC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
APR Key
Approach**
GPS
VOR
LOC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
HDG Key
Heading Select
HDG
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Additional
Features
Roll Hold (default)
AFCS
FLC Key
VNV Key
Annun/Alerts
*Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight director.
***The selected navigation receiver must have a valid LOC signal before BC Key press activates flight
director.
Appendix
**The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course before
NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
91
VERTICAL MODES
Vertical Mode
Description
Control
Annunciation
Pitch Hold
Holds the current aircraft pitch attitude; may
be used to climb/descend to the Selected
Altitude
(default)
PIT
Selected Altitude
Capture
Captures the Selected Altitude
*
ALTS
Altitude Hold
Holds the current Altitude Reference
ALT Key
ALT
nnnnn ft
Vertical Speed
Maintains the current aircraft vertical
speed; may be used to climb/descend to the
Selected Altitude
VS Key
VS
nnnn fpm
Flight Level Change,
Maintains the current aircraft airspeed (in
IAS Hold
IAS or Mach) while the aircraft is climbing/
Flight Level Change, descending to the Selected Altitude
Mach Hold
FLC
nnn kt
FLC Key
FLC
M .nnn
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
AFCS
* ALTS armed automatically when PIT, VS, FLC, TO, or GA active, and under VPTH when Selected
Altitude is to be captured instead of VNV Target Altitude
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
LATERAL MODES
Lateral Mode
Description
Control
Roll Hold
Holds the current aircraft roll
attitude or rolls the wings level,
(default)
depending on the commanded
bank angle
Low Bank
Limits the maximum commanded
roll angle
Heading Select
Captures and tracks the Selected
HDG Key
Heading
BANK
Key
Navigation, GPS Arm/
Capture/Track
Navigation, VOR Enroute
Arm/Capture/Track
Navigation, LOC Arm/
Capture/Track
(No Glideslope)
Annunciation
ROL
*
HDG
GPS
Captures and tracks the selected
NAV Key
navigation source (GPS, VOR, LOC)
VOR
LOC
* No annunciation appears in the AFCS Status Box. The acceptable bank angle range is indicated in
green along the Roll Scale of the Attitude Indicator.
92
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
AFCS
Lateral Mode
Description
Control
Annunciation
VPTH
EIS
ALTV
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
GP
GS
Flight
Management
BC
Hazard
Avoidance
GPS
VAPP
AFCS
LOC
Additional
Features
TO
Annun/Alerts
Captures and tracks descent VNV
legs of an active vertical profile
Key
Captures
the
Vertical
VNV Target Altitude
Navigation (VNV) Target
*
Capture
Altitude
Captures and tracks the SBAS
Glidepath
glidepath on approach
APR
Key
Captures and tracks the ILS
Glideslope
glideslope on approach
Captures and tracks a
Backcourse Arm/Capture/
localizer signal for backcourse BC Key
Track
approaches
Approach, GPS Arm/
Capture/Track
Approach, VOR Arm/
Captures and tracks the
Capture/Track
APR
selected navigation source
Key
Approach, ILS Arm/
(GPS, VOR, LOC)
Capture/Track
(Glideslope Mode
automatically armed)
Commands a constant pitch
angle and wings level on the
GA
Takeoff
ground in preparation for Button
takeoff
Vertical Path Tracking
Flight
Instruments
COMBINATION MODES (VNV, APR, NAV, BC, GA)
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
93
Lateral Mode
Go Around**
Level
Control
Annunciation
Commands a constant pitch
GA
angle and wings level in the air Button
Autopilot
engages
and
commands
pitch angle
***
necessary to establish zero
vertical fpm
GA
LVL
**Go Around mode disengages the autopilot unless a compatible lift computer is installed.
*** Level mode can only become activated as a function of Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP).
Refer to the Additional Features section for a detailed discussion of the optional ESP feature.
SUSPECTED AUTOPILOT MALFUNCTION
NOTE: Consult the aircraft documentation for the location of circuit breakers
as well as specifics that may supplement or amplify this procedure.
If an autopilot failure or trim failure is suspected to have occurred, perform the
following steps:
1)
Firmly grasp the control wheel.
2)
Press and hold the AP/YD DISC Switch. The autopilot will disconnect and
power is removed from the trim motor. Power is also removed from all
primary servo motors and engaged solenoids. Note the visual and aural
alerting indicating autopilot disconnect.
3)
Retrim the aircraft as needed. Substantial trim adjustment may be needed.
4)
Pull the appropriate circuit breaker(s) to electrically isolate the servo and
solenoid components.
5)
Release the AP/YD DISC Switch.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Description
* ALTV is armed automatically under VPTH when VNV Target Altitude is to be captured instead of
Selected Altitude.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
AFCS
94
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
AFCS
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
In the context of this discussion, “overpowering” refers to any pressure or force
applied to the pitch controls when the autopilot is engaged. A small amount of
pressure or force on the pitch controls can cause the autopilot automatic trim to run
to an out-of-trim condition. Therefore, any application of pressure or force to the
controls should be avoided when the autopilot is engaged.
Overpowering the autopilot during flight will cause the autopilot’s automatic trim
to run, resulting in an out-of-trim condition or cause the trim to hit the stop if the
action is prolonged. In this case, larger than anticipated control forces are required
after the autopilot is disengaged.
The following steps should be added to the preflight check:
1) Check for proper autopilot operation and ensure the autopilot can be
overpowered.
2) Note the forces required to overpower the autopilot servo clutches.
Flight
Instruments
OVERPOWERING AUTOPILOT SERVOS
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
95
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
AFCS
Blank Page
96
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYNTHETIC VISION
AFCS
Additional
Features
Pathways
Flight Path Marker
Horizon Heading Marks
Terrain and Obstacle Alerting
Three-dimensional Traffic
Airport Signs
Runway Display
Hazard
Avoidance
Annun/Alerts
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Flight
Management
Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) functionality is offered as an optional
enhancement to the G1000 NXi system.
SVT is primarily comprised of a computer-generated forward-looking, attitude
aligned view of the topography immediately in front of the aircraft from the pilot’s
perspective. SVT information is shown on the primary flight display (PFD).
In addition to SVT enhancement to the PFD, the following features have been
added to the PFD:
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
WARNING: Do not use SVT runway depiction as the sole means for
determining the proximity of the aircraft to the runway or for maintaining
the proper approach path angle during landing.
EIS
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain,
obstacle, and traffic avoidance. SVT is intended as an aid to situational
awareness only and may not provide the accuracy and/or fidelity upon which
to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles, or
traffic.
Activating and deactivating SVT
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the Terrain Softkey. The SVT display will cycle on or off with the
Terrain Softkey.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
Appendix
1)
97
Additional Features
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the Pathways Softkey. The Pathway feature will cycle on or off with
the Pathways Softkey.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Activating and deactivating Pathways
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the HDG LBL Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or off
with the HDG LBL Softkey.
Activating and deactivating Airport Signs
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
1)
1)
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the APT Sign Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off
with the APT Sign Softkey.
TERMINAL PROCEDURE CHARTS
NOTE: With the availability of SafeTaxi®, ChartView, or FliteCharts®, it may
be necessary to carry another source of charts on-board the aircraft.
SAFETAXI®
SafeTaxi® is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail as the map range
is adjusted in on the airport. The airport display on the map reveals runways with
numbers, taxiways identifiers, and airport landmarks including ramps, buildings,
control towers, and other prominent features. Resolution is greater at lower map
ranges. The aircraft symbol provides situational awareness while taxiing.
Pressing the DCLTR Softkey (declutter) once removes the taxiway markings and
airport identification labels. Pressing the DCLTR Softkey twice removes VOR station
ID, the VOR symbol, and intersection names if within the airport plan view. Pressing
the DCLTR Softkey a third time removes the airport runway layout, unless the airport
in view is part of an active route structure. Pressing the DCLTR Softkey again cycles
98
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
back to the original map detail.
The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports.
These diagrams provide the pilot with situational awareness by displaying the aircraft
position in relation to taxiways, ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This
information should not be used by the pilot as the basis for maneuvering the aircraft
on the ground. This database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
CHARTVIEW
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
ChartView resembles the paper version of Jeppesen terminal procedures charts.
The charts are displayed in full color with high-resolution. The MFD depiction shows
the aircraft position on the moving map in the plan view of most approach charts and
on airport diagrams.
The ChartView database is updated on a 14-day cycle. If the ChartView database
is not updated within 70 days of the expiration date, ChartView will no longer
function.
Hazard
Avoidance
FLITECHARTS®
AFCS
Additional
Features
FliteCharts® resemble the paper version of AeroNav Services terminal procedures
charts. The charts are displayed with high-resolution and in color for applicable
charts. The MFD depiction shows the aircraft position on the moving map in the plan
view of most approach charts and on airport diagrams.
The FliteCharts database contains procedure charts for the United States only.
This database is updated on a 28-day cycle. If not updated within 180 days of the
expiration date, FliteCharts will no longer function.
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts
Annun/Alerts
While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight
Plan Page, press the Charts Softkey.
Or:
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Options Menu to Charts.
3)
Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
Appendix
1)
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
99
Selecting Additional Information
1)
While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the WX Softkey to display the
information windows (AIRPORT, INFO).
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the INFO Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. When the INFO
Box is selected the G1000NXi softkeys are blank. If multiple choices are
available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and press
the ENT Key to complete the selection.
5)
Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
Selecting full screen On or Off
1)
While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page
Menu OPTIONS.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and
press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the Full Screen and Color
Scheme Options.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen
Options.
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
100
1)
While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page
Menu OPTIONS.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and
press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the Color Scheme Option.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
5)
If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage
field. Use the small FMS Knob to change the percentage value. The
percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage
of backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/
night display changes when the display backlight reaches 15% of full
brightness.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
6)
Flight
Instruments
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active.
This may be accomplished by selecting another page or changing the
display range.
Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
EIS
AIRPORT DIRECTORY
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Airport Information Page. Initially,
information for the airport closest to the aircraft’s present position is
displayed.
3)
If necessary, select the Info softkey until Info 2 is displayed.
AFCS
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘WPT’ page group.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Flight
Management
Selecting the Airport Directory Page
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
The Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) or AC-U-KWIK Airport
Directory database offers detailed information regarding services, hours of operation,
lodging options, and more for various airports. This information is viewed on the
WPT-Airport Information Page.
The Airport Directory databases are revised every 56 days. The Airport Directory is
always available for use after the expiration date. Check fly.garmin.com for the current
database.
SATELLITE TELEPHONE AND DATA LINK SERVICES
Appendix
Registering with Garmin Flight Data Services
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
101
Index
A subscriber account must be established prior to using the Iridium Satellite
System. Before setting up an Iridium account, obtain the serial number of the Iridium
Transceiver (GSR1) and the System ID by selecting the Aux- SYSTEM STATUS Page.
Contact Garmin at 1-866-739-5687 in the United States or 913-397-8200, ext. 1135.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Operation of these features in the cockpit is accomplished through the AuxTelephone, Aux-Text Messaging, and Aux-Maintenance WI-FI Setup Pages. For
operation using the cabin handset, consult the instructions provided with the handset.
Additional
Features
NOTE: Separate accounts must be established to access the Iridium satellite
network for voice/SMS and low speed data transmission, and high speed data
transmission for the maintenance reports.
Activating Connext Weather Registration
After a subscriber account has been established, the system must be activated
for data link features such as reporting services or Connext Weather. Activation is
accomplished by entering the required access code. This process is only performed
when initially setting up the system for Connext services.
1)
Ensure the aircraft is outside with a clear view of the sky.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the MAP Page group.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the MAP-WEATHER DATA LINK (CNXT)
Page.
4)
Press the MENU Key. If necessary, select ‘Display Connext Weather’.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to hightlight ‘Register With Connext’.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘CONNEXT REGISTRATION’ Window is now
displayed.
7)
Using the FMS Knob enter the access code obtained from Garmin Flight
Data Services in the ACCESS CODE field.
8)
Press the ENT Key. REGISTER will now be highlighted.
9)
Press the ENT Key. System registration is complete when ‘REGISTERED’ is
displayed in the STATUS field.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Iridium telephone and data communications may be turned on or off by performing
these simple steps.
Disabling/enabling telephone and low speed data services
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Aux-Telephone Page.
3)
Press the MENU Key. The Page Menu window is now displayed.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Disable Iridium Transmission’ in the menu list.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The Iridium transceiver is now disabled.
6)
To enable the Iridium transceiver, repeat steps 1 through 3, then select
‘Enable Iridium Transceiver’.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
Disable/Enable Iridium Transceiver
102
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Aux - Telephone or Aux - Text
Messaging Page.
3)
If necessary, press the TEL Softkey to display the Aux-Telephone Page.
External
Phone
Hazard
Avoidance
Internal
Phone
Flight
Management
1)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Viewing the Telephone Page
EIS
The pilot or copilot can place and answer calls on the Iridium satellite network as
well as to or from the telephone handset in the cabin. Calls can also be answered or
made from the optional cabin phone, however, only actions initiated from the cockpit
will be discussed here. See the cabin handset user guide for more information. Control
and monitoring of telephone functions are accomplished through the Aux-Telephone
Page.
Flight
Instruments
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION
Description
Phone is Idle
AFCS
Phone is ringing
Additional
Features
Phone has a dial tone (off hook) or connected to another phone
Annun/Alerts
Phone dialed is busy
Appendix
Phone is dialing another phone
Phone has failed
Index
Phone status not known
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
103
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
EIS
Phone is disabled
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Phone is reserved for data transmission
Flight
Management
Calling other phone or incoming call from other phone
Other phone is on hold
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Phones are connected
CONTACTS
The names, telephone number, and email addresses can be saved in a list of contacts for easy use when making telephone calls.
1)
With the Aux - Telephone Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display
the cursor.
2)
If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘New Entry’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves the ‘Name’ field of the ‘Contact
Details’ window.
4)
Enter the desired name of the new contact. Entry can be accomplished
through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs
on the controller or the MFD.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Phone Number’ field.
6)
Enter the desired telephone number. Entry can be accomplished through
the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the
controller or the MFD.
7)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Email’ field.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
Entering a new contact
104
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
Enter the desired email address. Entry can be accomplished through
the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the
controller or the MFD.
9)
Press the ENT Key. The Save button is highlighted.
Flight
Instruments
8)
EIS
10) Press the ENT Key. The new contact entry is added to the list of saved
contacts.
Deleting a contact
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the selected contact.
Flight
Management
With the Aux - Telephone Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display
the cursor.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
1)
Editing a contact
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
3)
Press the Edit Softkey. The cursor is placed in the ‘Name’ field. Enter the
desired changes. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys
on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the controller or the MFD.
4)
Press the ENT Key when each field is complete. The Save Button is now
highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key to save the changes.
Additional
Features
With the Aux - Telephone Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display
the cursor.
105
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Appendix
When viewing MFD pages other than the Aux-Telephone Page, a pop-up alert will
be displayed and an aural alert “Incoming Call” will be heard. If the call is from the
cabin, Cabin will be displayed. If the incoming call is an Iridium network call, Iridium
will be displayed. The pop-up alert may be inhibited at times, such as during takeoff.
In addition to the pop-up alert, a ringing phone symbol will be displayed to the right
of the MFD page title. Also, the voice alert “Incoming Call” will be heard on the
selected cockpit audio.
Annun/Alerts
INCOMING CALLS
190-02042-00 Rev. B
AFCS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Answer an Incoming Call in the Cockpit
1)
Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2)
Press the Answer Softkey on the MFD.
EIS
Or:
Additional
Features
Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
3)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Answer Incoming Call’.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
Muting Incoming Call Alerts
1)
With the Aux-Telephone Page displayed, press the MENU Key on the MFD
to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable Incoming Call Alerts’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The voice and pop-up alert will not be displayed now
when an incoming call is received.
OUTGOING CALLS
Voice calls can be made from the cockpit to the handset in the cabin, or to an
external phone through the Iridium Satellite Network.
Making a Call to the Cabin
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
1)
Selecting the IGNORE Softkey will extinguish the pop-up window and leave the
call unanswered. Selecting the TEL Softkey will display the AUX-TELEPHONE Page
allowing additional call information to be viewed before answering.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
While viewing the Aux-Telephone Page
1)
Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2)
Press the DIAL Softkey on the MFD.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor will move from ‘Cabin’ to ‘OK’.
4)
Press the ENT Key again. The cabin phone will now ring.
Index
To exit the call, select the Hangup Softkey.
106
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
Make an External Call from the Cockpit
Press the Dial Softkey on the MFD.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Iridium’.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor has now moved to the phone number entry
field.
5)
Enter the desired telephone number (country code first) by selecting the
number softkeys on the MFD or by pressing the numeric keys on the MFD
Control Unit.
6)
Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ is highlighted.
7)
Press the ENT Key. The system will begin calling the number.
Flight
Management
2)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
EIS
1)
To exit the call, press the HANGUP Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
Making an external call from the cockpit by using the Contact List
Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired contact name in the list of
contacts.
4)
Press the Call Softkey. The external call is initiated and the number
associated with the contact name is dialed.
AFCS
1)
Additional
Features
Placing The Cockpit Phone on Hold
Press the Hold Softkey on the MFD.
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Put Current Call On Hold’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Appendix
1)
Annun/Alerts
Or:
Select the Hold Softkey again to resume the call.
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
107
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Transferring a Call from the Cockpit
From the cockpit phone, a external call can be transferred to the cabin phone, or a
call with the cabin phone can be transferred to an external phone.
1) Press the Trans Softkey on the MFD.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Transfer Current Call’.
2) Press the ENT Key. The cursor now highlights the phone number entry
field.
3) Enter the phone number to which the call is being transferred, as discussed
earlier for making an external call on the Iridium satellite network.
4) Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ is now highlighted.
5) Press the ENT Key again to place the call.
Making a Conference Call from the Cockpit
1)
Press the CONF Softkey on the MFD.
Or:
AFCS
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Conference Current Call’.
2)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor now highlights the phone number entry
field.
3)
Enter the phone number as discussed earlier for making an external call on
the Iridium satellite network.
4)
Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ is now highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to place the call.
Index
Appendix
TEXT MESSAGING (SMS)
The pilot or copilot can send and receive text messages on the Iridium satellite
network. Messages may be sent to an email address or text message capable cellular
telephone. Message length is limited to 160 characters, including the email address.
The text messaging user interface is mainly through the Aux-Text Messaging Page.
108
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Aux-Telephone or Aux-Text
Messaging Page.
3)
If necessary, press the SMS Softkey to display the Aux-Text Messaging
Page.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Message Symbol
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Viewing the Text Messaging Page
Description
Received text message that has not been opened
Flight
Management
Received text message that has been opened
Saved text message, draft not sent
Hazard
Avoidance
System is sending text message
Text message has been sent
AFCS
System failed to send text message
Additional
Features
Predefined text message
Viewing a Text Message When Received
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
When viewing MFD pages other than the Aux-Text Messaging Page, a pop-up alert
will be displayed when a new text message is received.
Select the View Softkey to view the message. Selecting the Ignore Softkey will
extinguish the pop-up window and leave the text message unopened. Selecting the
Ignore All Softkey will extinguish the pop-window and ignore all future incoming
text messages. Selecting the SMS Softkey will display the Aux-Text Messaging Page.
The pop-up alerts may be enabled or disabled through the Page Menu.
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
109
Additional Features
1)
With the Aux-Text Messaging Page displayed, press the MENU Key on the
MFD to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable New Message
Popups’ or ‘Enable New Message Popups’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The pop-up alert will not be displayed when an
incoming text message is received.
Replying to a Text Message
While viewing the text message, press the Reply Softkey.
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Enabling/Disabling Incoming Text Message Pop-Up Alerts
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Reply To Message’.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
Sending a Text Message
1)
While viewing the Aux-Text Messaging Page, press the NEW Softkey.
AFCS
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Draft New Message’.
2)
The SMS Text Message Draft Window is now displayed with the cursor in
the ‘TO’ field. Enter the desired telephone number or email address. Entry
can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller,
or combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys on the
MFD. The FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers, or numbers
can be entered from the MFD by pressing the Numbers Softkey. Press
the CapsLock Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha characters.
Special characters can be accessed by pressing the Symbols Softkey.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
4)
Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as
described in step 2.
5)
Press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
c) Press the ENT Key.
110
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
Press the Send Softkey to send the message immediately, or press the
Save Softkey to save the message in Outbox for sending at a later time.
Press the Cancel Softkey to delete the message.
Flight
Instruments
6)
Sending a new text message/email to a saved contact
With the Aux - Telephone Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display
the cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
3)
Press either the Text Email Softkey to send to the email address saved for
the contact or Text Phone Softkey to send to the phone number saved for
the contact. The cursor is placed in the ‘To’ field. Confirm the contact you
wish to send a message to by pressing the ENT Key.
4)
Enter the desired message, then press the ENT Key.
5)
Confirm you wish to send the message by pressing the ENT Key with ‘Yes’
highlighted. Select ‘No’ to return to the message entry field and either press
the Cancel Softkey to delete the message or press the Save Softkey to
save the message as a draft.
EIS
1)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Predefined Text Messages
While viewing the Aux-Text Messaging Page, press the MENU Key to
display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to select ‘Edit Predefined Messages’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The Predefined Messages view is now displayed.
4)
Press the NEW Softkey.
Annun/Alerts
1)
Additional
Features
Creating a Predefined Text Message
AFCS
Time and effort can be saved in typing text messages that are used repeatedly by
saving these messages as a predefined message.
Or:
Appendix
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Draft New Predefined
Message’.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
c) Press the ENT Key. The Predefined SMS Text Message Window is now
displayed.
111
5)
The cursor is displayed in the ‘Title’ field. Enter the desired message
title. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the
MFD Controller, or combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and
softkeys on the MFD. The FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers,
or numbers can be entered from the MFD by pressing the Numbers
Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha
characters. Special characters can be accessed by pressing the Symbols
Softkey.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
7)
Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as
described in step 5.
8)
Press the ENT Key.
9)
Press the Save Softkey. The new predefined message is now shown in the
displayed list. Pressing the Cancel Softkey will delete the message without
saving.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Hazard
Avoidance
10) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
11) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Cancel Drafting Message’.
Sending a Predefined Text Message
1)
While viewing the Aux-Text Messaging Page, press the NEW Softkey.
2)
The Predefined SMS Text Message Window is now displayed with the
cursor in the ‘TO’ field. Enter the desired telephone number or email
address. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the
MFD Controller, or combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and
softkeys on the MFD. The FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers,
or numbers can be entered from the MFD by pressing the Numbers
Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha
characters. Special characters can be accessed by pressing the Symbols
Softkey.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
4)
Press the PREDEFD Softkey. The Predefined Message Menu Window is
displayed.
5)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired predefined message.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
12) Press the ENT Key.
112
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
7)
Press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the Send Softkey to transmit the message.
EIS
Press the ENT Key. The predefined message text is inserted into the
message field. If desired, the message can be edited by using the FMS
Knobs.
Flight
Instruments
6)
Text Message Boxes
Flight
Management
Showing Inbox Messages
While viewing the Aux-Text Messaging Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Inbox Softkey.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Inbox Messages’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at
the bottom left of the list window.
AFCS
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
1)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Received text messages reside in the Inbox as ‘Read’ or ‘Unread’ messages. The
Outbox contains ‘Sent” and ‘Unsent’ text messages. Saved messages that are meant to
be sent later are stored as Drafts. Each text message box may be viewed separately, or
together in any combination.
Showing Outbox Messages
Additional
Features
While viewing the Aux-Text Messaging Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Outbox Softkey.
Or:
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Outbox Messages’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at
the bottom left of the list window.
Appendix
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
Annun/Alerts
1)
Showing Draft Messages
Index
While viewing the Aux-Text Messaging Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Drafts Softkey.
Or:
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
113
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Draft Messages’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at
the bottom left of the list window.
Managing Text Messages
The viewed messages may be listed according to the date/time the message was
sent or received, the type of message (read, unread, sent, unsent, etc.), or by message
address.
Viewing Messages Sorted by Message Date/Time
While viewing the Aux-Text Messaging Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Time Softkey.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Or:
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Date/Time’.
c) Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom
center of the list window.
Viewing Messages Sorted by Message Type
While viewing the Aux-Text Messaging Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Type Softkey.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
Annun/Alerts
Or:
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Type’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center
of the list window.
Appendix
Viewing Messages Sorted by Address
While viewing the Aux-Text Messaging Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Address Softkey.
Index
Or:
114
1)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Address’.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center
of the list window.
Viewing The Content of a Text Message
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
4)
Press the VIEW Softkey.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
While viewing the Aux-Text Messaging Page, select the desired message
box.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
3)
Or:
Flight
Management
Press the ENT Key.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘View Selected Message’.
Hazard
Avoidance
c) Press the ENT Key.
Message content is displayed.
5)
To close the text message, press the Close Softkey.
AFCS
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Close Message’.
Additional
Features
c) Press the ENT Key.
Marking Selected Message As Read
While viewing the Inbox on the Aux-Text Messaging Page, press the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
3)
Press the MRK Read Softkey.
Appendix
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
c) Press the ENT Key.
The message symbol now indicates the message has been opened.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
115
Index
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mark Selected Message
As Read’.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
1)
Mark All Messages As Read
1)
While viewing the Inbox on the Aux-Text Messaging Page, press the MENU
Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mark All New Messages As
Read’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed.
4)
With cursor highlighting ‘YES’, press the ENT Key. The message symbols
now indicate all the message have been opened.
Deleting a Message
1)
While viewing the Inbox on the Aux-Text Messaging Page, press the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Delete Selected Message’.
AFCS
c) Press the ENT Key.
The system is capable of WEP64, WEP128,WPA-PSK, and WPA2-PSK encryption
formats. WPA-Enterprise and WPA2-Enterprise are not supported. Connections that
require web proxies, captive portals, or other elements that require user credentials,
including a username and password or a redemption or access code; or require action
such as accepting a user agreement, are not supported.
Control and monitoring of Wi-Fi functions are accomplished through the AuxMaintenance WiFi Setup Page.
Viewing the Wi-Fi Setup Page
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Aux-Maintenance WiFi Setup Page.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
WI-FI CONNECTIONS
116
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
Press the Avail Softkey on the MFD. A list of available networks will be
displayed in the Available Networks window. Signal strength is shown for
each network, as well as security requirements and whether the network
has been saved in the system’s memory.
2)
If necessary, press the Rescan Softkey to have the system scan again for
available networks.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
Flight
Management
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Rescan Available
Networks’.
c) Press the ENT Key.
Press the FMS Knob to place the cursor in the list of networks.
4)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired network.
5)
Press the Connect Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
3)
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Setting Up a New Wi-Fi Connection
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
AFCS
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Connect to Selected
Network’.
c) Press the ENT Key.
Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ will be highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key again.
9)
The Save Settings window is now displayed with the cursor highlighting
‘Save Connection’.
Appendix
7)
Annun/Alerts
If the network is secured, a window will be displayed in order to enter
the necessary passcode. Use the FMS Knobs to enter the desired alpha
numeric characters. Press the CapsLock Softkey to enter upper case
letters. If there is no security associated with the network, proceed to step
9.
Additional
Features
6)
10) The selected network can be saved to system memory to make reconnection easier at a later time.
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
117
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
Connecting the selected network without saving:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to highlight ‘Connect’.
b) Press the ENT Key.
Saving and connect the selected network:
EIS
a) Press the ENT Key. A checkmark is placed in the checkbox and the
cursor moves to the airport field.
c) Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to ‘Connect’.
d) Press the ENT Key again to connect to the selected network.
Editing a Saved Network
1)
While viewing list of saved networks, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the network to be edited.
3)
Pressing the ENT Key at this point will check or uncheck the Auto Connect
checkbox. When a checkmark is present, the system will automatically
connect to the network when within range.
4)
Press the Edit Softkey. The cursor now appears in the Connection Settings
window.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the network attribute to be edited.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to begin editing the field.
7)
When the entry is complete, press the ENT Key.
8)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key until ‘Save’ is highlighted.
9)
Press the ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
b) Using the FMS Knobs, enter an airport identifier to be associated with
the saved network. This aids in identifying the network later in the
event of duplicate network names.
Appendix
Disconnecting a Wi-Fi Network
Press the DISCNCT Softkey.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
Index
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disconnect From
Network’.
c) Press the ENT Key.
118
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
While viewing the list of saved networks, press the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the network to be deleted.
3)
Press the DELETE Softkey. The selected network is removed from the list.
EIS
1)
Flight
Instruments
Deleting a Saved Wi-Fi Network
SIRIUSXM™ RADIO ENTERTAINMENT
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed Aux - XM Information Page.
3)
Press the Radio Softkey to show the XM Radio Page where audio
entertainment is controlled.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
ACTIVE CHANNEL AND CHANNEL LIST
2)
Press the CH + Softkey to go up through the list in the Channel Box, or
move down the list with the CH – Softkey.
Annun/Alerts
While on the XM Radio Page, press the Channel Softkey.
Additional
Features
Selecting a channel from the channel list
Or:
Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS
Knob to scroll through the channels.
2)
Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
Appendix
1)
AFCS
The Active Channel Box on the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected
channel. The Channels List Box of the XM Radio Page shows a list of the available
channels for the selected category.
1)
Flight
Management
Selecting the XM Radio Page
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment
features of the SiriusXM™ Satellite Radio.
Selecting a channel directly
While on the XM Radio Page, press the Channel Softkey.
2)
Press the Direct CH Softkey. The channel number in the Active Channel
Box is highlighted.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
1)
119
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
3)
Press the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to
directly select the desired channel number.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Selecting a Category
The Category Box of the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected category
of audio.
1) Press the Category Softkey on the XM Radio Page.
2) Press the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.
Or:
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the
desired category with the small FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Selecting
All Categories places all channels in the list.
1)
On the XM Radio Page, while listening to an Active Channel that is wanted
for a preset, press the Presets Softkey to access the first five preset
channels (Preset 1 - Preset 5).
2)
Press the More Softkey to access the next five channels (Preset 6
– Preset 10), and again to access the last five channels (Preset 11 –
Preset 15). Pressing the More Softkey repeatedly cycles through the
preset channels.
3)
Press any one of the (Preset 1 - Preset 15) softkeys to assign a number
to the active channel.
4)
Press the Set Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel
as a preset.
Adjusting Volume
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Setting a preset channel number
1)
With the XM Radio Page displayed, press the Volume Softkey.
2)
Press the VOL – Softkey to reduce volume or press the VOL + Softkey to
increase volume. (Once the VOL Softkey is pressed, the volume can also be
adjusted using the small FMS Knob.)
Index
SiriusXM Radio volume may also be adjusted on each passenger headset.
120
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
Muting SiriusXM audio
1)
Select the XM Radio Page or XM Information Page.
2)
Press the Mute Softkey to mute the audio. Press the Mute Softkey again
to unmute the audio.
EIS
SCHEDULER
Hazard
Avoidance
1) Select the Aux - Utility Page.
Use the FMS Knob to enter the message text to be displayed in the
Messages Window and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to
the field next to Type.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the message type:
• Event—Message issued at the specified date/time
• One time—Message issued when the message timer reaches zero
(default setting)
• Periodic—Message issued each time the message timer reaches zero
7)
Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to
the next field.
8)
For periodic and one-time messages, use the FMS Knob to enter the timer
value (HHH:MM:SS) from which to countdown and press the ENT Key.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
121
Index
4)
Appendix
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the first empty scheduler message
naming field.
Annun/Alerts
3)
Additional
Features
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AFCS
2)
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Flight
Management
Entering a scheduler message
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display reminder messages (e.g.,
Change oil, Switch fuel tanks, or Altimeter-Transponder Check) in the Alerts Window
on the PFD. Messages can be set to display based on a specific date and time (event),
once the message timer reaches zero (one-time; default setting), or recurrently
whenever the message timer reaches zero (periodic). Message timers set to periodic
alerting automatically reset to the original timer value once the message is displayed.
When power is cycled, all messages are retained until deleted, and message timer
countdown is resumed
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
9)
a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired date (DD-MM-YY) and press
the ENT Key.
EIS
b) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor
to the next field.
c) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time (HH:MM) and press the
ENT Key.
10) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to
enter the next message.
Deleting a scheduler message
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
For event-based messages:
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the name field of the scheduler
message to be deleted.
4)
Press the CLR Key to clear the message text. If the CLR Key is pressed
again, the message is restored.
5)
Press the ENT Key while the message line is cleared to clear the message
time.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
1) Select the Aux - Utility Page.
The SurfaceWatch™ feature provides aural and visual annunciations to help the
flight crew maintain situational awareness and avoid potential runway incursions and
excursions during ground and air operations in the airport environment.
Inhibiting/Uninhibiting SurfaceWatch
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
SURFACEWATCH (OPTIONAL)
1)
Select the Aux - System Setup 1 Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor..
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the SurfaceWatch field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to toggle the SurfaceWatch alerts on or off.
Index
Entering origin/destination airport
122
1)
Select the FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the Origin or Destination
Airport field.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to input the desired Origin or Destination Airport.
Flight
Instruments
3)
Selecting origin/destination runway
EIS
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the Runway or Landing
Runway field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired available Runway or Landing
Runway. As the small FMS Knob is turned, the preview of the selected
runway or landing runway is also displayed.
Selecting required takeoff/landing distance
Select the FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the REQD Takeoff DIS or
REQD Landing DIS field.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the required takeoff or landing distance. Upon
pressing the FMS Knob and committing the required takeoff or landing
distance, the Runway Length field will turn amber if an insufficient runway
length exists.
Hazard
Avoidance
1)
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Creating a profile
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
Appendix
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Create’ in the Crew Profile Box.
4)
AFCS
PILOT PROFILES
2)
Flight
Management
Select the FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup Page.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
1)
Press the ENT Key. A ‘Create Profile’ window is displayed.
5) Use the FMS Knob to enter a profile name up to 16 characters long and
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
123
Index
press the ENT Key. Crew profile names cannot begin with a blank as the
first letter.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
6)
In the next field, use the small FMS Knob to select the desired settings
upon which to base the new profile. Profiles can be created based on
Garmin factory defaults, default profile settings (initially based on Garmin
factory defaults unless edited by the pilot), or other previously created
profile settings.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
8) With ‘Create’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to create the profile
Use the large FMS Knob to select ‘Create & Activate’ and press the ENT
Key to activate the new profile.
9)
To cancel the process, select ‘Cancel’ with the large FMS Knob and press
the ENT Key.
Selecting an active profile
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Or:
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the active profile field in the Crew
Profile Box.
AFCS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the crew profile list and highlight the
desired profile.
the selected profile.
Renaming a profile
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
5) Press the ENT Key. The system loads and displays the system settings for
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Rename’ in the Crew Profile Box.
Appendix
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5) In the ‘Rename Profile’ window, turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to
rename.
6)
Press the ENT Key.
Index
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter a new profile name up to 16 characters long
and press the ENT Key.
124
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
9)
To cancel the process, use the large FMS Knob to select ‘Cancel’ and press
the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
8) With ‘Rename’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Deleting a profile
EIS
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
4)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete’ in the Crew Profile Box.
Press the ENT Key.
5) In the ‘Delete Profile’ window, turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to
6)
Flight
Management
delete.
Press the ENT Key.
7) With ‘Delete’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
To cancel the process, use the large FMS Knob to select ‘Cancel’ and press
the ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
8)
Importing a profile from an SD card
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
3)
Press the Import Softkey.
Additional
Features
Insert an SD card containing the crew profile(s) into the top card slot on the
MFD.
AFCS
1)
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
5)
If the imported profile name is the same as an existing profile on the
system, the system displays an ‘Overwrite existing profile? OK or CANCEL’
prompt. Press the ENT Key to replace profile on the system with the profile
imported from the SD card, or turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘CANCEL’
and press the ENT Key to return to the Crew Profile Importing window.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
125
Index
The system displays the Crew Profile Importing window with ‘Import’
highlighted. Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Profile Name’ field,
then scroll to the desired profile name with the large and small FMS Knobs,
then press the ENT Key. Then press the ENT Key with ‘Import’ highlighted.
Appendix
4)
Annun/Alerts
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Import Crew Profile’ and press the
ENT Key.
Additional Features
1)
Insert the SD card for storing the Crew Profile into the top card slot on the
MFD.
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
3)
Press the Export Softkey. The system displays the Crew Profile Exporting
window.
Flight
Management
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
4)
To export the crew profile using the current selected profile, press the ENT
Key with ‘Export’ highlighted. To change the selected profile, turn the large
FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Profile Name’ field, then scroll to the desired
profile name with the large and small FMS Knobs, then press the ENT Key.
Then press the ENT Key with ‘Export’ highlighted.
5)
If the selected profile to be exported is the same as an existing profile file
name on the SD card, the system displays an ‘Overwrite existing profile?
OK or CANCEL’ prompt. Press the ENT Key to replace the profile on the
SD card with the profile to be exported, or turn the FMS Knob to highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key to return to the Pilot Profile Exporting
window without exporting the profile.
6)
If successful, the window displays ‘Crew profile export succeeded.’ With
‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT or CLR Keys, or press the FMS Knob to
return to the AUX - System Setup Page.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Export Crew Profile’ and press the
ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
If successful, the system displays ‘Crew profile import succeeded.’ in the
window below. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT or CLR Keys or press
the FMS Knob to return to the AUX - System Setup Page. The imported
profile becomes the active profile.
Exporting a profile to an SD card
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
6)
ELECTRONIC STABILITY & PROTECTION (ESP™) (OPTIONAL)
ESP engages when the aircraft exceeds one or more conditions (pitch, roll, Vmo, Mmo,
and/or angle of attack) beyond the normal flight parameters. Enhanced stability for each
condition is provided by applying a force to the appropriate control surface to return the
126
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
aircraft to the desired flight envelope. This is perceived by the pilot as resistance to control
movement in the undesired direction when the aircraft approaches a steep attitude, high
airspeed, or when a stall is imminent.
As the aircraft deviates further from the desired attitude, angle of attack, or airspeed
continues to increase, the force increases (up to an established maximum) to encourage
control movement in the direction necessary to return to the desired attitude and/or
airspeed range. Except in the case of high airspeed, when maximum force is reached, force
remains constant up to the maximum engagement limit. Above the maximum engagement
limit, forces are no longer applied. There is no maximum engagement related to a high
airspeed condition.
When ESP has been engaged for more than ten seconds (cumulative; not necessarily
consecutive seconds) of a 20-second interval, the autopilot is automatically engaged with
the flight director in Level Mode in the pitch and/or roll axis, bringing the aircraft into
level flight. An aural “Engaging Autopilot” alert is played and the flight director mode
annunciation will indicate ‘LVL’ for vertical and lateral modes.
The pilot can interrupt ESP by pressing and holding either the Control Wheel Steering
(CWS) or Autopilot Disconnect (AP/YD DISC TRIM INTRPT) switch. Upon releasing the
CWS or AP/YD DISC TRIM INTRPT switch, ESP force will again be applied, provided
aircraft attitude, angle of attack and/or airspeed are within their respective engagement
limits. ESP can also be overridden by overpowering the servo’s mechanical torque limit.
ESP can be enabled or disabled on the Aux-System Setup 2 Page on the MFD.
Enabling or disabling ESP
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
3)
If necessary, press the SETUP 2 Softkey to display the Aux-System Setup 2
Page. If the Aux-System Setup 2 is already displayed, proceed to step 4.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the Stability & Protection
field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Appendix
2)
Annun/Alerts
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
Additional
Features
1)
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
127
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
ROLL ENGAGEMENT
Roll Limit Indicators are displayed on the roll scale at 45° right and left, indicating
where ESP will engage. As roll attitude exceeds 45°, ESP will engage and the on-side
Roll Limit Indicator will move to 30°. The Roll Limit Indicator is now showing where
ESP will disengage as roll attitude decreases to within the desirable roll attitude range.
Once engaged, ESP force will be applied between 30° and 75°. The force increases
as roll attitude increases and decreases as roll attitude decreases. The applied force
is intended to encourage pilot input that returns the airplane to a more normal roll
attitude. As roll attitude decreases, ESP will disengage at 30°.
ESP is automatically disengaged if the aircraft reaches the autopilot roll engagement
attitude limit of 75°.
PITCH ENGAGEMENT
ESP engages at 20° nose-up and 17° nose-down. Once ESP is engaged, it will apply
opposing force between 15° and 50° nose-up and between 12° and 50° nose-down.
Maximum opposing force is applied between 25° and 50° nose-up and between 22°
and 50° nose-down.
The opposing force increases or decreases depending on the pitch angle and the
direction of pitch travel. This force is intended to encourage movement in the pitch
axis in the direction of the normal pitch attitude range for the aircraft.
There are no indications marking the pitch ESP engage and disengage limits in
these nose-up/nose-down conditions.
ANGLE OF ATTACK PROTECTION
When a compatible lift computer is installed, angle of attack protection is provided
as part of the ESP feature. ESP force may be applied if the lift computer determines a
stall warning condition is imminent. In this condition, the Pitch Limit Indicator will
be initially displayed 4° below this computed pitch attitude. When pitch attitude
equals that indicated by the Pitch Limit Indicator, ESP will engage, applying a force in
the direction necessary to lower the nose of the aircraft.
HIGH AIRSPEED PROTECTION
Exceeding Vmo or Mmo will result in ESP applying force to raise the nose of the
aircraft. When the high airspeed condition is remedied, ESP force is no longer applied.
128
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS
WARNING ANNUNCIATION
Alerts Window
Text
Aural Alert
None
None
EIS
Annunciation
Window Text
UNDERSPEED
PROTECT ACTIVE
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
ADVISORY ANNUNCIATIONS
Alerts Window Text
Avionics cooling fan #1 is inoperative.
AVN FAN 2 FAIL
Avionics cooling fan #2 is inoperative.
MFD cooling fan is inoperative.
PFD 1 FAN FAIL
PFD #1 cooling fan is inoperative.
PFD 2 FAN FAIL
PFD #2 cooling fan is inoperative.
Hazard
Avoidance
MFD FAN FAIL
Flight
Management
Annunciation
Window Text
AVN FAN 1 FAIL
AFCS
MESSAGE ADVISORY ALERTS
Alerts Window Message
Additional
Features
TAWS GEAR FAULT – Landing Gear detected in the DOWN position.
TAWS FLAP FAULT – Flaps detected in the LDG position.
WOW FAULT – Miscompare between weight on wheels inputs.
Annun/Alerts
WOW INVALID – Weight on wheels inputs invalid.
ESP OFF – ESP selected off.
ESP FAIL – ESP is inoperative.
ESP DEGRADE – ESP AOA mode is inoperative*.
Appendix
ESP DEGRADE – ESP IAS mode is inoperative.
ESP CONFIG – ESP config error. Config service req’d.
YD OFF – AP engaged without Yaw Damper
*only available when compatible lift computer is installed.
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
129
COMPARATOR ANNUNCIATIONS
Comparator Comparator
Condition
Annunciation
Type
MISCOMPARE Difference in altitude sensors is > 200 ft.
ALT
If both airspeed sensors detect < 35 knots, this is inhibited.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
IAS
If either airspeed sensor detects > 35 knots, and the
difference in sensors is > 10 knots.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
If either airspeed sensor detects > 80 knots, and the
difference in sensors is > 7 knots.
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
MISCOMPARE
HDG
PIT
ROL
VDI
MISCOMPARE
Difference in heading sensors is > 6 degrees.
MISCOMPARE
Difference in pitch sensors is > 5 degrees.
MISCOMPARE
Difference in roll sensors is > 6 degrees.
MISCOMPARE
Difference in temp compensated altitudes is > 50 ft.
ALT
NO COMP
No data from one or both altitude sensors.
IAS
HDG
PIT
ROL
VDI
NO COMP
No data from one or both airspeed sensors.
NO COMP
No data from one or both heading sensors.
NO COMP
No data from one or both pitch sensors.
NO COMP
No data from one or both roll sensors.
NO COMP
No temp compensated altitude data available.
REVERSIONARY SENSOR ANNUNCIATIONS
Reversionary Sensor
Window Text
BOTH ON ADC1
BOTH ON ADC2
BOTH ON AHRS1
BOTH ON AHRS2
BOTH ON GPS1
BOTH ON GPS2
USING ADC1
USING ADC2
USING AHRS1
130
Condition
Both PFDs are displaying data from the #1 Air Data Computer.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the #2 Air Data Computer.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the #1 AHRS.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the #2 AHRS.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the #1 GPS receiver.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the #2 GPS receiver.
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 Air Data Computer.
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 Air Data Computer.
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 AHRS.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
Condition
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 AHRS.
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 GPS.
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 GPS.
EIS
Reversionary Sensor
Window Text
USING AHRS2
USING GPS1
USING GPS2
AFCS ALERTS
Annunciation
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Condition
Description
Roll Failure
Roll axis control failure. AP is inoperative.
MET Switch Stuck,
or Pitch Trim Axis
Control Failure
If annunciated when AP is engaged, take control of the
aircraft and disengage the autopilot. If annunciated
when AP is not engaged, move each half of the MET
switch separately to check if a stuck switch is causing the
annunciation.
YD control failure.
System Failure
AP and MET are unavailable. FD may still be available.
Elevator Mistrim
Up
A condition has developed causing the pitch servo to
provide a sustained force. Be prepared to apply nose up
control wheel force upon autopilot disconnect.
Elevator Mistrim
Down
A condition has developed causing the pitch servo to
provide a sustained force. Be prepared to apply nose down
control wheel force upon autopilot disconnect.
Aileron Mistrim
Left
A condition has developed causing the roll servo to provide
a sustained left force. Ensure the slip/skid indicator is
centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits.
Aileron Mistrim
Right
A condition has developed causing the roll servo to provide a
sustained right force. Ensure the slip/skid indicator is centered
and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits.
Rudder Mistrim
Left
A condition has developed causing the yaw servo to provide
a sustained force. Ensure the slip/skid indicator is centered
and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits.
Appendix
Index
131
Annun/Alerts
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Additional
Features
190-02042-00 Rev. B
AFCS
Yaw Damper
Failure
Hazard
Avoidance
Pitch axis control failure. AP is inoperative.
Flight
Management
Pitch Failure
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Condition
Annunciation
Description
Rudder Mistrim
Right
A condition has developed causing the yaw servo to
provide a sustained force. Ensure the slip/skid indicator is
centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits.
Preflight Test
Performing preflight system test. Upon completion of the
test, the aural alert will be heard.
TAWS ALERTS
Alert Type
AFCS
PFD/MFD
TAWS Page
Annunciation
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Warning (RTC)
Imminent Terrain Impact
Warning (ITI)
or
TERRAIN AHEADPULL-UP
TERRAIN AHEADPULL-UP
or
TERRAIN-PULL-UP
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Warning (ROC)
OBSTACLE-PULL-UP
PULL UP
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
PULL UP
or
OBSTACLE AHEADPULL-UP
Voice Message
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up,
Pull Up” †
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up;
Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
Terrain Ahead, Pull Up;
Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up,
Pull Up” †
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull
Up, Pull Up” †
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up;
Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
* TAWS-A Only
† Default Selection
‡ Annunciation is shown on the TAWS Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is
enabled
Index
Appendix
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
TERRAIN-PULL-UP
PULL UP
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Preflight system test has failed.
132
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
or
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull
Up, Pull Up” †
PULL-UP
PULL UP
PULL-UP
[Whoop, Whoop]“Pull
Up”
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Caution (RTC)
TERRAIN
TERRAIN AHEAD
TERRAIN AHEAD
or
CAUTION-TERRAIN
Annun/Alerts
* TAWS-A Only
† Default Selection
‡ Annunciation is shown on the TAWS Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is
enabled
Additional
Features
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain
Ahead”
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain” †
AFCS
Imminent Terrain Impact
Caution (ITI)
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain” †
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain
Ahead”
Hazard
Avoidance
TERRAIN
CAUTION-TERRAIN
Flight
Management
PULL UP
“Pull Up”
or
“ [Whoop, Whoop]“Pull
Up”
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
OBSTACLE-PULLUP
EIS
*Excessive Closure Rate
Warning (ECR)
Voice Message
OBSTACLE AHEAD- “Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up;
PULL-UP
Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
PULL UP
Excessive Descent Rate
Warning (EDR)
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
Flight
Instruments
PFD/MFD
TAWS Page
Annunciation
Alert Type
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
133
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Alert Type
PFD/MFD
TAWS Page
Annunciation
TERRAIN
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
TERRAIN
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Caution (ROC)
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
Voice Message
CAUTION-OBSTACLE
“Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle” †
or
or
OBSTACLE AHEAD
“Obstacle Ahead;
Obstacle Ahead”
OBSTACLE AHEAD
“Obstacle Ahead;
Obstacle Ahead”
or
or
CAUTION-OBSTACLE
“Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle” †
Premature Descent Alert
Caution (PDA)
TERRAIN
TOO LOW-TERRAIN
“Too Low, Terrain”
Excessive Descent Rate
Caution (EDR)
TERRAIN
SINK RATE
“Sink Rate”
*Excessive Closure Rate
Caution (ECR)
TERRAIN
TERRAIN
“Terrain, Terrain”
DON’T SINK
“Don’t Sink” †
or
or
TOO LOW-TERRAIN
“Too Low, Terrain”
Negative Climb Rate
Caution (NCR)
TERRAIN
*Flight Into Terrain High
Speed Caution (FIT)
TERRAIN
TOO LOW-TERRAIN
“Too Low, Terrain”
*Flight Into Terrain Gear
Caution (FIT)
TERRAIN
TOO LOW-GEAR
“Too Low, Gear”
*Flight Into Terrain Flaps
Caution (FIT)
TERRAIN
TOO LOW-FLAPS
“Too Low, Flaps”
*Flight Into Terrain Takeoff
Caution (FIT)
TERRAIN
TOO LOW-TERRAIN
“Too Low, Terrain”
* TAWS-A Only
† Default Selection
‡ Annunciation is shown on the TAWS Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is
enabled
134
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Voice Message
GLIDESLOPE
GLIDESLOPE
“Glide Slope”
or
or
or
GLIDEPATH
GLIDEPATH
“Glide Path”
None
“Five-Hundred” or
*“Four-Hundred” or
*“Three-Hundred” or
*“Two-Hundred” or
*“One-Hundred”
None
Hazard
Avoidance
TAWS System Status Annunciations
TAWS System Test Fail;
Terrain, m or Obstacle
database unavailable
or invalid on all GDUs;
software mismatch among
GDUs; TAWS audio fault
Voice
Message
TAWS TEST
TAWS TEST
None
None
None
“TAWS System
Test OK”
TAWS FAIL
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System
Failure”
Annun/Alerts
System Test pass
TAWS Page Center
Banner Annunciation
Additional
Features
System Test in progress
PFD/MFD‡
Alert
Annunciation
†
AFCS
Alert Type
Flight
Management
* TAWS-A Only
† Default Selection
‡ Annunciation is shown on the TAWS Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is
enabled
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Altitude Voice Callout
(VCO)
(all except “Five-Hundred”
are configurable)
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
EIS
*Glide Slope Deviation
Caution (GSD)
(depends on approach
type)
PFD/MFD
TAWS Page
Annunciation
Flight
Instruments
Alert Type
Appendix
* TAWS-A Only
† VCO alerts are not issued if both TAWS and GPWS systems have failed or are not available.
‡ Annunciation is shown on the TAWS Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is
enabled.
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
135
Annunciations & Alerts
TAWS Page Center
Banner Annunciation
Voice
Message
None
TERRAIN DATABASE
FAILURE
None
TAWS N/A
NO GPS POSITION
“TAWS Not
Available”
TAWS N/A
None
“TAWS Not
Available”
None
None
“TAWS
Available”
(aural message
only in flight)
TAWS Alerting is disabled
TAWS INH
None
None
*Radar Altimeter
invalid, Vertical Speed
Invalid, GPS and Baro
Altitude invalid, Software
mismatch among GDUs,
TAWS configuration
mismatch among GDUs,
TAWS audio fault
GPWS FAIL
None
“GPWS System
Failure”
*GPWS Alerting is
disabled
GPWS INH
None
None
*Flap Override is enabled
FLAP OVR
None
None
None
None
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
PFD/MFD‡
Alert
Annunciation
Alert Type
MFD Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or
invalid. TAWS operating
with PFD Terrain or
Obstacle databases
No GPS position
Excessively degraded GPS
signal, or out of database
coverage area
Sufficient GPS signal
reception restored
*Glideslope/Glidepath
Alerting is disabled
†
GS INH
or
GP INH
* TAWS-A Only
† VCO alerts are not issued if both TAWS and GPWS systems have failed or are not available.
‡ Annunciation is shown on the TAWS Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is
enabled.
136
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
SurfaceWatch Alert
Annunciation
Associated
Voice Alert
Description
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from a nonrunway (e.g. a taxiway)
EIS
“Taxiway”
Flight
Instruments
SURFACEWATCH ALERTS
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from, or
landing on, a runway different than that entered
by the crew.
“Taxiway”
Issued when the aircraft is landing on a nonrunway (e.g. a taxiway).
Flight
Management
“Check
runway”
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from, or
“Runway too
landing on, a runway with a length less than
short”
needed as entered by the crew.
GDL 69/69A SXM DATA LINK RECEIVER MESSAGES
CHECK ANTENNA
XM Information Page (MFD)
Data Link Receiver antenna error;
service required
UPDATING
XM Information Page (MFD))
Data Link Receiver updating
encryption code
NO SIGNAL
XM Information Page Weather
Datalink Page (MFD)
Loss of signal; signal strength too
low for receiver
LOADING
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Acquiring channel audio or
information
OFF AIR
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Channel not in service
-------WEATHER DATA LINK
FAILED
ACTIVATION
REQUIRED
DETECTING
ACTIVATION
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Missing channel information
XM Information Page (MFD)
SiriusXM subscription is not
activated
Weather Datalink Page (MFD)
SiriusXM subscription is activating.
Weather Datalink Page (MFD)
SiriusXM subscription confirmed
downloading weather data.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
No communication from Data Link
Receiver within last 5 minutes
Appendix
Weather Datalink Page (MFD)
Annun/Alerts
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Additional
Features
WAITING FOR DATA...
Description
AFCS
Message Location
Hazard
Avoidance
Message
137
FLIGHT PLAN IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
Flight Plan Import/Export
Results
A flight plan file stored on the SD card was successfully
imported as a stored flight plan.
‘File contained user waypoints
only. User waypoints imported
successfully. No stored flight
plan data was modified.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan,
only user waypoints. These waypoints have been saved to the
system user waypoints. No flight plans stored in the system
have been modified.
‘No flight plan files found to
import.’
The SD card contains no flight plan data.
‘Flight plan import failed.’
Flight plan data was not successfully imported from the SD
card.
‘Flight plan partially imported.’
Some flight plan waypoints were successfully imported from the
SD card, however others had errors and were not imported. A
partial stored flight plan now exists in the system.
‘File contained user waypoints
only.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only
user waypoints. One or more of these waypoints did not import
successfully.
‘Too many points. Flight plan
truncated.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains more waypoints than
the system can support. The flight plan was imported with as
many waypoints as possible.
‘Some waypoints not loaded.
Waypoints locked.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains one or more waypoints
that the system cannot find in the navigation database. The
flight plan has been imported, but must be edited within the
system before it can be activated for use.
‘User waypoint database full.
Not all loaded.’
The flight plan file on the SD card contains user waypoints.
The quantity of stored user waypoints has exceeded system
capacity, therefore not all the user waypoints on the SD card
have been imported. Any flight plan user waypoints that were
not imported are locked in the flight plan. The flight plan must
be edited within the system before it can be activated for use.
‘One or more user waypoints
renamed.’
One or more imported user waypoints were renamed when
imported due to naming conflicts with waypoints already
existing in the system.
‘Flight plan successfully
exported.’
The stored flight plan was successfully exported to the SD card.
‘Flight plan export failed.’
The stored flight plan was not successfully exported to the SD
card. The SD card may not have sufficient available memory or
the card may have been removed prematurely.
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Description
‘Flight plan successfully
imported.’
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
138
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Pilot Profile Import/Export
Results
Flight
Instruments
PILOT PROFILE IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
Description
‘Overwrite existing profile?’
Displayed if the profile name matches the name of existing
profile.
‘Profile name invalid. Enter a
different profile name.’
Displayed if the profile name is invalid.
‘All available pilot profiles in use.
Delete a profile before importing
another.’
Displayed if the maximum number for pilot profiles has been
reached.
‘Pilot profile import failed.’
Displayed if the importing operation fails for any other reason.
‘Pilot profile import succeeded.’
Displayed if the importing operation succeeds.
‘Overwrite existing file?’
Displayed if the filename matches the name of an existing file
on the SD card.
‘Pilot profile export failed.’
Displayed if the export operation fails.
‘Pilot profile export succeeded.’
Displayed if the export operation succeeds.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Displayed if the SD card does not have one or more valid pilot
profile filenames.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
VOICE ALERTS
Description
“Minimums”
The aircraft has descended below the preset minimum
descent altitude or decision altitude.
“Vertical track”
The aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent. Issued
only when vertical navigation is enabled.
The aircraft is in an underspeed condition. See the
AFCS section for more details.
“Traffic”
Played when a Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with the
TIS system, the optional GTS 820/825 TAS system,
or the optional GTS 850/855 TCAS I system. See the
Hazard Avoidance section for additional details on GTS
820/825/850/855 voice alerts.
“TIS Not Available”
The aircraft is outside the Traffic Information Service
(TIS) coverage area.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
139
Index
The ESP system is engaging the autopilot. See the AFCS
section for more details.
Appendix
“Engaging autopilot”
Annun/Alerts
“Airspeed”
Additional
Features
Voice Alert
190-02042-00 Rev. B
EIS
‘No pilot profile plan files found
to import.’
Voice Alert
Description
“Traffic, Traffic”
Played when a Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with the
optional SKY 497/SKY899 TAS system, or the optional
KTA 870 TAS system. See the Skywatch PG or KTA 870
PG for additional details on voice alerts.
Played for each subsequent TA (KTA 870 only).
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Played when the optional traffic system passes a pilotinitiated self test.
“Traffic Advisory System Test Passed”
- SKY 497 TAS
“SKYWATCH System Test Passed”
- SKY 899 TAS
“TAS System Test OK”
- KTA 870 TAS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
“Traffic”
“TAS System Test Passed”
- GTS 820/825 TAS
“TCAS System Test Passed”
- GTS 850 TCAS I
“TCAS One System Test Passed”
- GTS 855 TCAS I
“TCAS Two System Test Passed”
- GTS 8000 TCAS II
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Played when the optional traffic system fails a pilotinitiated self test.
“Traffic Advisory System Test Failed”
- SKY 497 TAS
“SKYWATCH System Test Failed”
- SKY 899 TAS
“TAS System Test Fail”
- KTA 870 TAS
“TAS System Test Failed”
- GTS 820/825 TAS
“TCAS System Test Failed”
- GTS 850 TCAS I
“TCAS One System Test Failed”
- GTS 855 TCAS I
“TCAS Two System Test Failed”
- GTS 8000 TCAS II
Index
Appendix
“One o’clock” through
“Twelve o’clock”or “No Bearing”
140
Intruder bearing (GTS 820/825/850/855 only)
“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude” (if
within 200 feet of own altitude), or
“Altitude not available”
Intruder relative altitude (GTS 820/825/850/855 only)
“Less than one mile”,
“One Mile” through “Ten Miles”, or
“More than ten miles”
Intruder distance (GTS 820/825/850/855 only)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Flight
Instruments
SYSTEM MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Comments
ABORT APR – Loss of GPS navigation.
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
Abort approach.
ADC1 SERVICE – ADC1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The GDC1 should be serviced.
ADC2 ALT EC – ADC2 altitude error
correction is unavailable.
GDC2 is reporting that the altitude error correction is
unavailable. The system should be serviced.
ADC2 AS EC – ADC2 airspeed error
correction is unavailable.
GDC2 is reporting that the airspeed error correction is
unavailable. The system should be serviced.
ADC2 SERVICE – ADC2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The GDC2 should be serviced.
AHRS MAG DB – AHRS magnetic
model database version mismatch.
The #1 AHRS and #2 AHRS magnetic model database
versions do not match.
Hazard
Avoidance
GDC1 is reporting that the airspeed error correction is
unavailable. The system should be serviced.
Flight
Management
ADC1 AS EC – ADC1 airspeed error
correction is unavailable.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
GDC1 is reporting that the altitude error correction is
unavailable. The system should be serviced.
EIS
ADC1 ALT EC – ADC1 altitude error
correction is unavailable.
Additional
Features
AHRS configuration settings do not match those of
AHRS1 CONFIG – AHRS1 config error.
backup configuration memory. The system should be
Config service req’d.
serviced.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS
information. Check AFMS limitations. The system should
be serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
backup GPS information.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information.
The system should be serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using backup
GPS source.
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS
path has failed. The system should be serviced when
possible.
AHRS1 SERVICE – AHRS1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the #1 AHRS or #2 AHRS.
The system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
any GPS information.
Appendix
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode.
The system should be serviced.
Annun/Alerts
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
AFCS
AHRS1 CAL – AHRS1 calibration version The #1 AHRS calibration version error. The system should
error. Srvc req’d.
be serviced.
141
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1 Magnetic-field
model needs update.
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date.
Update magnetic field model when practical.
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not receiving
valid airspeed.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air
data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS information to
augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be
serviced.
AHRS2 CAL – AHRS2 calibration version The #1 AHRS calibration version error. The system should
error. Srvc req’d.
be serviced.
AHRS configuration settings do not match those of
AHRS2 CONFIG – AHRS2 config error.
backup configuration memory. The system should be
Config service req’d.
serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode.
The system should be serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not receiving
any GPS information.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS
information. Check AFMS limitations. The system should
be serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not receiving
backup GPS information.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information.
The system should be serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 using backup
GPS source.
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS
path has failed. The system should be serviced when
possible.
AHRS2 SERVICE – AHRS2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the #1 AHRS or #2 AHRS.
The system should be serviced.
AHRS2 SRVC – AHRS2 Magnetic-field
model needs update.
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date.
Update magnetic field model when practical.
AHRS2 TAS – AHRS2 not receiving
valid airspeed.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air
data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS information to
augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be
serviced.
APR ADVISORY – SBAS VNAV not
available. Using Baro VNAV.
SBAS VNAN not available. Check GPS sensor.
APR DWNGRADE – Approach
downgraded.
Vertical guidance generated by SBAS is unavailable, use
LNAV only minimums..
APPR INACTV – Approach is not
active.
The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach is
not active. Activate approach when required.
142
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead less
than 10 minutes.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft will
penetrate the special use airspace within 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
ahead.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft
position.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near – less
than 2 nm.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft
position.
CHECK CRS – Database course for
LOC1 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
Selected course for LOC1 differs from published localizer
course by more than 10 degrees.
CHECK CRS – Database course for
LOC2 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
Selected course for LOC2 differs from published localizer
course by more than 10 degrees.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1 configuration
module is inoperative.
The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has
failed. The system should be serviced.
COM1 CONFIG – COM1 config error.
Config service req’d.
COM1 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
COM1 MANIFEST – COM1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
COM1 software mismatch. The system should be
serviced.
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk key
is stuck.
The COM1 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the
enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch
again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
The COM1 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or
“pressed”) position. Press the transfer switch again to
cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The system has detected a failure in COM1. COM1 may
still be usable. The system should be serviced when
possible.
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in
COM1. The transmitter operates at reduced power. If the
problem persists, the system should be serviced.
COM2 CONFIG – COM2 config error.
Config service req’d.
COM2 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
COM2 MANIFEST – COM2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
COM2 software mismatch. The system should be
serviced.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
190-02042-00 Rev. B
EIS
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message
143
Message
Comments
COM2 PTT – COM2 push-to-talk key
is stuck.
The COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the
enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch
again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
The COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or
“pressed”) position. Press the transfer switch again to
cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The system has detected a failure in COM2. COM2 may
still be usable. The system should be serviced when
possible.
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in
COM2. The transmitter operates at reduced power. If the
problem persists, the system should be serviced.
DATA LOST – Pilot stored data was
lost. Recheck settings.
The pilot profile data was lost. system reverts to default
pilot profile and settings. The pilot may reconfigure the
MFD & PFD with preferred settings, if desired.
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify stored airways.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an airway
that is no longer consistent with the navigation database.
This alert is issued only after an navigation database
update. Verify use of airways in stored flight plans and
reload airways as needed.
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify user modified procedures.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains a
procedure that is no longer consistent with the navigation
database. This alert is issued only after an navigation
database update. Verify that the user-modified
procedures in stored flight plans are correct and up to
date.
DB MISMATCH – Navigation
database mismatch. Xtalk is off.
The PFDs and MFD have different navigation database
versions or regions installed. Crossfill is off. Check
the Aux-System Status Page to determine versions or
regions. Also, check the Aux-System Status Page for a
database synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off,
then on.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
144
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle database
mismatch.
The PFDs and MFD have different obstacle database
versions or regions installed. Check the Aux-System
Status Page to determine versions or regions. Also,
check the Aux-System Status Page for a database
synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off,
then on.
DB MISMATCH – Standby Navigation
database mismatch.
The PFDs and MFD have different standby navigation
database versions or regions installed. Check the
Aux-System Status Page to determine versions or
regions. Also, check the Aux-System Status Page for a
database synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off,
then on.
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database
mismatch.
The PFDs and MFD have different terrain database
versions or regions installed. Check the Aux-System
Status Page to determine versions or regions. Also,
check the Aux-System Status Page for a database
synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off,
then on.
DME CHECK RANGE – DME range
disagreement. Check position sensors.
A failure or disagreement has been detected in a DME
receiver. Check position sensors.
FAILED PATH – A data path has failed.
A data path connected to the GDU or the GIA 63/W has
failed.
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan has been
truncated.
This occurs when a newly installed navigation database
eliminates an obsolete approach or arrival used by a
stored flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed
from the flight plan. Update flight plan with current
arrival or approach.
Flight
Instruments
Message
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
145
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
Upon power-up, the system detects that a stored flight
plan waypoint is locked. This occurs when an navigation
database update eliminates an obsolete waypoint. The
flight plan cannot find the specified waypoint and flags
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan waypoint this message. This can also occur with user waypoints in
a flight plan that is deleted.
is locked.
Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer
exists in any database,
Or - update the waypoint name/identifier to reflect the
new information.
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is inoperative.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1. The
system should be serviced.
G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1. The
receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced when possible.
G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is inoperative.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 2. The
system should be serviced.
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs service.
Return unit for repair
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 2. The
receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced when possible.
GCU CNFG – GCU Config error.
Config service req’d.
GCU 477 configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
GCU FAIL – GCU is inoperative.
A failure has been detected in the GCU 477. The GCU
477 is unavailable.
GCU KEYSTK – GCU [keyname] Key
is stuck
A key is stuck on the GCU 477 bezel. Attempt to free the
stuck key by pressing it several times. The system should
be serviced if the problem persists.
GCU1 MANIFEST– GCU software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GCU 477 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GDC1 MANIFEST – GDC1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GDC1 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GDC2 MANIFEST – GDC2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GDC2 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced
146
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
GDL59 CONFIG – GDL 59 config
error. Config service req’d.
GDL 59 configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
GDL59 FAIL – GDL 59 has failed.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 59. The receiver is
unavailable. The system should be serviced.
GDL59 MANIFEST – GDL59 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GDL 59 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GDL59 RTR FAIL – The GDL 59 router
has failed.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 59 router. The
system should be serviced.
GDL59 SERVICE – GDL 59 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 59. The system
should be serviced.
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 config
error. Config service req’d.
GDL 69A/GDL 69A SXM configuration settings do not
match those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has failed.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 69A/GDL 69A
SXM. The receiver is unavailable. The system should be
serviced
GDL69 MANIFEST – GDL software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GDL 69A/GDL 69A SXM has incorrect software
installed. The system should be serviced.
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
GEA2 CONFIG – GEA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
The GEA2 configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
GEA1 MANIFEST – GEA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The #1 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GEA2 MANIFEST – GEA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The #2 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
The GIA1 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard
Avoidance
The GIA1 has an error in the audio configuration. The
system should be serviced.
Flight
Management
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved
AHRS operation. Heading is flagged as invalid.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
GEO LIMITS – AHRS2 too far North/
South, no magnetic compass.
EIS
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too far North/
South, no magnetic compass.
Flight
Instruments
Message
147
Comments
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 over
temperature.
The GIA1 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 temperature
too low.
The GIA1 temperature is too low to operate correctly.
Allow units to warm up to operating temperature.
GIA1 MANIFEST – GIA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GIA1 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs service.
Return the unit for repair.
The GIA1 self-test has detected a problem in the unit.
The system should be serviced.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
The GIA2 an error in the audio configuration. The system
should be serviced.
Flight
Management
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
The GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 over
temperature.
The GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 temperature
too low.
The GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly.
Allow units to warm up to operating temperature.
GIA2 MANIFEST – GIA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs service.
Return the unit for repair.
The GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit.
The system should be serviced.
GMA XTALK – GMA crosstalk error
has occurred.
An error has occurred in transferring data between the
two GMAs. The system should be serviced.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Message
Hazard
Avoidance
Annunciations & Alerts
The audio panel configuration settings do not match
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1 configuration
backup configuration memory. The system should be
error. Config service req’d.
serviced.
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is inoperative.
The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The
audio panel is unavailable. The system should be
serviced.
GMA1 MANIFEST – GMA1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1 needs service. unit. Certain audio functions may still be available, and
Return unit for repair.
the audio panel may still be usable. The system should be
serviced when possible.
148
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Flight
Instruments
Comments
The audio panel configuration settings do not match
GMA2 CONFIG – GMA2 configuration
backup configuration memory. The system should be
error. Config service req’d.
serviced.
GMA2 MANIFEST – GMA2 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GMC MANIFEST – GMC software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GMC 710 has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. GPS fail.
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Insufficient satellites.
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Position error.
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
GPS1 FAIL – GPS1 is inoperative.
A failure has been detected in GPS receiver #1. The
system should be serviced.
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 receiver. The
receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced.
GPS2 FAIL – GPS2 is inoperative.
A failure has been detected in GPS receiver #2. The
system should be serviced.
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GPS2 receiver. The
receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
A key is stuck on the GCMC 710 bezel. Attempt to free
the stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
Appendix
GMC KEYSTK – GMC [keyname] Key
is stuck
Annun/Alerts
A failure has been detected in the GMC 710. The GMC
710 is unavailable.
Additional
Features
GMC FAIL – GMC is inoperative.
AFCS
Error in the configuration of the GMC 710.
Hazard
Avoidance
GMC CNFG – GMC Config error.
Config service req’d.
Flight
Management
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the
GMA2 SERVICE – GMA2 needs service. unit. Certain audio functions may still be available, and
Return unit for repair.
the audio panel may still be usable. The system should be
serviced when possible.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The
audio panel is unavailable. The system should be
serviced.
EIS
GMA2 FAIL – GMA2 is inoperative.
149
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
GRA1 CAL – GRA1 calibration error.
Service req’d.
A calibration error has been detected in the GRA. The
system should be serviced.
GRA1 CONFIG – GRA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
The GRA configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
GRA1 MANIFEST – GRA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GRA has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GRA1 SERVICE – GRA1 needs service. A failure has been detected in the GRA. The system
Return unit for repair.
should be serviced.
GRA1 TEMP – GRA1 over
temperature.
The GRA temperature is too high. If the problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
GRS1 MANIFEST – GRS1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The #1 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GRS2 MANIFEST – GRS2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The #2 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GSD1 CONFIG – GSD1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GSD1 and the CDU have different copies of the GSD1
configuration.
GSD1 COOLING – GSD1 temperature
too low.
GSD1 is reporting a low temperature condition.
GSD1 MANIFEST – GSD1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
GSD1 has incorrect software installed. The system should
be serviced.
GSD1 SERVICE – GSD1 needs service. GSD1 is reporting an internal error condition. The GSD
Return unit for repair.
may still be usable.
GSR1 FAIL – GSR1 has failed.
A failure has been detected in the #1 GSR 56. The system
should be serviced.
GTS CONFIG – GTS Config error.
Config service req'd.
The GTS and GDU have different copies of the GTS
configuration, or the Mode S address is invalid. The
system should be serviced.
GTS MANIFEST – GTS software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GTS has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GTX1 MANIFEST – GTX1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GTX2 MANIFEST – GTX2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
150
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
GWX CONFIG – GWX config error.
Config service req’d.
GWX 68/70 configuration settings do not match those of
the GDU configuration. The system should be serviced.
GWX FAIL – GWX is inoperative.
The GDU is not recieving status packet from the GWX
68/70 or the GWX 68/70 is reporting a fault. The GWX
68/70 radar system should be serviced.
GWX MANIFEST – GWX software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GWX 68/70 has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
GWX SERVICE – Needs service.
Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GWX 68/70. The GWX
68/70 may still be usable.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
HDG FAULT – AHRS1 magnetometer
fault has occurred.
A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is
flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup mode
operation. The system should be serviced.
Flight
Management
HDG FAULT – AHRS2 magnetometer
fault has occurred.
A fault has occurred in the #2 GMU 44. Heading is
flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup mode
operation. The system should be serviced.
HOLD EXPIRED – Holding EFC time
expired.
Expect Further Clearance (EFC) time has expired for the
User Defined Hold.
AFCS
A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only one is
SBAS capable. The system should be serviced.
Additional
Features
The aircraft is inside the special use airspace.
INVALID ADM – Invalid ADM: ATN
communication halted.
Data link avionics were not configured correctly and
therefore will not be able to communicate with the
ground network.
LOCKED FPL – Cannot navigate
locked flight plan.
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored
flight plan that contains locked waypoint. Remove locked
waypoint from flight plan. Update flight plan with current
waypoint.
LOI – GPS integrity lost. Crosscheck
with other NAVS.
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight.
Index
151
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Annun/Alerts
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard
Avoidance
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA2 communication
halted.
EIS
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA1 communication
halted.
Flight
Instruments
Message
Message
Comments
LRG MAG VAR – Verify all course
angles.
The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact
magnetic variance for geographic locations near the
magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course angles may
differ from the actual magnetic heading by more than 2°.
MANIFEST – GFC software mismatch,
communication halted.
Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings are
incorrect.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
MANIFEST – GMU1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GMU2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – MFD1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
MANIFEST – PFD1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
MANIFEST – PFD2 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
The MFD has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
The PFD has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
The MFD configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
The MFD is overheating and is reducing power
consumption by dimming the display. If problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Airport
Directory database error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the Airport Directory
database. Ensure the data card is properly inserted.
Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should
be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 basemap
database error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the basemap database. The
system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Chartview
database error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the Chartview database
(optional feature). Ensure that the data card is properly
inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 FliteCharts
database error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the FliteCharts database
(optional feature). Ensure that the data card is properly
inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
152
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 navigation
database error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the navigation database.
Attempt to reload the navigation database. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the obstacle database.
Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace
data card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database missing.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but
is missing on the specified LRU. Ensure that the terrain
card is properly inserted in the specified display. Replace
terrain card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database.
Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace
data card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the terrain database.
Ensure that the terrain card is properly inserted in display.
Replace terrain card. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database missing.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is
missing on the specified LRU. Ensure that the terrain
card is properly inserted in the specified display. Replace
terrain card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD1 [key name]
Key is stuck
A key is stuck on the MFD bezel. Attempt to free the
stuck key by pressing it several times. The system should
be serviced if the problem persists.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The MFD self-test has detected a problem. The system
should be serviced.
Flight
Instruments
Message
EIS
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
NAV DB UPDATED – Active
navigation database updated.
System has updated the active navigation database from
the standby navigation database.
153
Index
The MFD voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Flight
Management
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
MFD1 SOFTWARE – MFD1 mismatch, The specified GDU has different software versions
communication halted.
installed. The system should be serviced.
Message
Comments
NAV1 MANIFEST – NAV1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
NAV1 software mismatch. The system should be serviced.
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
The remote NAV1 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled
(or “pressed”) state. Press the transfer switch again to
cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 receiver. The
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1 needs service.
receiver may still be available. The system should be
Return unit for repair.
serviced.
NAV2 MANIFEST – NAV2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
NAV2 software mismatch. The system should be serviced.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
The remote NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled
(or “pressed”) state. Press the transfer switch again to
cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the NAV2 receiver. The
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2 needs service.
receiver may still be available. The system should be
Return unit for repair.
serviced.
NO WGS84 WPT – Non WGS 84
waypoint for navigation -[xxxx]
The position of the selected waypoint [xxxx] is not
calculated based on the WGS84 map reference datum
and may be positioned in error as displayed. Do not use
GPS to navigate to the selected non-WGS84 waypoint.
NON-MAG UNITS– Non-magnetic
NAV ANGLE display units are active.
Navigation angle is not set to MAGNETIC at power-up.
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
The PFD configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
The PFD is overheating and is reducing power
consumption by dimming the display. If problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 basemap
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the basemap database. The
system should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1
navigation database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the navigation database.
Attempt to reload the navigation database. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
154
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database.
Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace
data card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database missing.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but
is missing on the specified LRU. Ensure that the terrain
card is properly inserted in the specified display. Replace
terrain card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database.
Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace
data card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Ensure
that the terrain card is properly inserted in display.
Replace terrain card. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database missing.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is
missing on the specified LRU. Ensure that the terrain
card is properly inserted in the specified display. Replace
terrain card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key name] Key
is stuck.
A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck
key by pressing it several times. The system should be
serviced if the problem persists.
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] BKLT CAL
INV – calibration lost or mismatch.
Return for repair.
The PFD1, PFD2 and/or MFD backlight calibration cannot
be found or is invalid. The system should be serviced.
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 1 ERR
– Card 1 is invalid.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified PFD or
MFD contains invalid data.
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 2 ERR
– Card 2 is invalid.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified PFD
or MFD contains invalid data.
Flight
Instruments
Message
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 2 REM
of the specified PFD or MFD. The SD card needs to be
– Card 2 was removed. Reinsert card.
reinserted.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
EIS
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 1 REM
the specified PFD or MFD. The SD card needs to be
– Card 1 was removed. Reinsert card.
reinserted.
155
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
The PFD1 self-test has detected a problem. The system
should be serviced.
PFD1 SOFTWARE – PFD1 mismatch,
communication halted.
The specified GDU has different software versions
installed. The system should be serviced.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage.
The PFD1 voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
PFD2 CONFIG – PFD2 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
The PFD configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
PFD2 COOLING – PFD2 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
The PFD is overheating and is reducing power
consumption by dimming the display. If problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 basemap
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the basemap database. The
system should be serviced.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2
navigation database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the navigation database.
Attempt to reload the navigation database. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 obstacle
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database.
Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace
data card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 obstacle
database missing.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but
is missing on the specified LRU. Ensure that the terrain
card is properly inserted in the specified display. Replace
terrain card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database.
Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace
data card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Ensure
that the terrain card is properly inserted in display.
Replace terrain card. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain
database missing.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is
missing on the specified LRU. Ensure that the terrain
card is properly inserted in the specified display. Replace
terrain card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
156
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
PFD2 KEYSTK – PFD2 [key name] Key
is stuck
A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck
key by pressing it several times. The system should be
serviced if the problem persists.
PFD2 SERVICE – PFD2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
The PFD2 self-test has detected a problem. The system
should be serviced.
PFD2 SOFTWARE – PFD2 mismatch,
communication halted.
The specified GDU has different software versions
installed. The system should be serviced.
PFD2 VOLTAGE – PFD2 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage.
The PFD2 voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
bad geometry.
Bad parallel track geometry.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
invalid leg type.
Invalid leg type for parallel offset.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
past IAF.
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
REGISTER CONNEXT – Data services
are inoperative, register w/CONNEXT.
The GDL 59 is not registered with Garmin Flight Data
Services, or its current registration data has failed
authentication.
SCHEDULER [#] – <message>.
Message criteria entered by the user.
SLCT FREQ – Select appropriate
frequency for approach.
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach
frequency for the appropriate NAV receiver. Select the
correct frequency for the approach.
SLCT MAG – Select MAGNETIC NAV
ANGLE display units.
The Navigation angle is non-magnetic. Select the
MAGNETIC NAV ANGLE display units.
SLCT NAV – Select NAV on CDI for
approach.
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct
NAV receiver. Set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver.
SLCT NON-MAG – Select alternate
NAV ANGLE display units.
The Navigation angle is magnetic. Select the alternate
NAV ANGLE display units.
STEEP TURN – Steep turn ahead.
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
STRMSCP FAIL – Stormscope has
failed.
Stormscope has failed. The system should be serviced.
SURFACEWATCH DISABLED - Too
far north/south.
The SurfaceWatch system has been disabled.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
190-02042-00 Rev. B
EIS
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message
157
Message
Comments
SURFACEWATCH FAIL - Invalid
audio configuration.
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to an invalid
audio configuration.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL - Invalid
configurable alerts.
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to invalid
configurable alerts.
The SurfaceWatch system has been inhibited.
SVT – DISABLED: Out of available
terrain region.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not
within the boundaries of the installed terrain database.
SVT – DISABLED: Terrain DB
resolution too low.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database
of sufficient resolution (4.9 arc-second or better) is not
currently installed.
TERRAIN AUD CFG – Trn Awareness
audio config error. Service req’d.
Terrain audio alerts are not configured properly. The
system should be serviced
TERRAIN DISABLED – Terrain
Awareness DB resolution too low.
TAWS is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient
resolution (4.9 arc-second or better) is not currently
installed.
TERRAIN DSP – [PFD1, PFD2 or
MFD1] Terrain awareness display
unavailable.
One of the terrain or obstacle databases required for
TAWS in the specified PFD or MFD is missing or invalid.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has expired.
The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired.
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device has
failed.
The system is no longer receiving data from the traffic
system. The traffic device should be serviced.
TRN AUD FAIL – Trn Awareness audio
source unavailable.
The audio source for terrain awareness is offline. Check
GIA1 or GIA 2.
UNABLE RNP – Estimated position
error exceeds RNP.
The estimated GPS position error exceeds the RNP limits.
Check GPS sensors.
UNABLE RNP APR – GPS integrity
lost. Check GPS sensors.
The estimated GPS position error exceeds the
requirements for the current approach. Check GPS sensor
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t reach current
vertical waypoint.
The current vertical waypoint can not be reached within
the maximum flight path angle and vertical speed
constraints. The system automatically transitions to the
next vertical waypoint.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
SURFACEWATCH INHIBITED Surfacewatch inhibited.
Flight
Management
SURFACEWATCH FAIL - One or more The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to one or more
inputs invalid.
invalid inputs.
Hazard
Avoidance
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
158
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
User magnetic variation mode was selected during
previous operation and is still active (checked at powerup.)
VNV UNAVAILABLE. – Excessive
crosstrack error.
The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing vertical
deviation to go invalid.
VNV UNAVAILABLE. – Excessive
track angle error.
The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing
the vertical deviation to go invalid.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
USER MAG VAR – User magnetic
variation is active.
EIS
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message
VNV UNAVAILABLE. – Parallel course A parallel course has been selected, causing the vertical
selected.
deviation to go invalid.
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the waypoint
name.
WX ALERT – Possible severe weather
ahead.
The GWX 68/70 indicates severe weather within ±10
degrees of the aircraft heading at a range of 80 to 320
nm.
XPDR1 ADS-B 1090 – Datalinik:
ADS-B 1090 receiver has failed.
A failure has been detected in the 1090 receiver.
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL – Transponder:
XPDR1 is unable to transmit ADS-B
messages.
ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be
receiving a valid GPS position. Other transponder
functions may be available. Service when possible.
AFCS
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at waypoint
-[xxxx]
Additional
Features
XPDR1 ADS-B TRFC – Transponder:
ADS-B traffic has failed
The Transponder is incapable of processing traffic
information.
Appendix
The transponder is not able to receive position
information.
Annun/Alerts
XPDR1 ADS-B NO POS –
The transponder is not able to receive position
Transponder: ADS-B is not transmitting
information.
position.
XPDR1 ADS-B NO TX – Transponder:
ADS-B out failed.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
XPDR1 ADS-B UAT – Datalink: ADS-B
A failure has been detected in the UAT receiver.
in UAT receiver has failed.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Hazard
Avoidance
The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn, vector,
or other unsupported leg type prior to the active vertical
waypoint. This prevents vertical guidance to the active
vertical waypoint.
Flight
Management
VNV UNAVAILABLE. - Unsupported
leg type in flight plan.
159
Message
Comments
The transponder configuration settings do not match
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1 config error.
those of backup configuration memory. The system
Config service req’d.
should be serviced.
XPDR1 CSA FAIL - Traffic: ADS-B In
traffic alerting has failed.
ADS-B Conflict Situational Awareness (CSA) is
unavailable.
XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 is inoperative.
There is no communication with the #1 or #2 transponder.
XPDR1 FAULT – Datalink: ADSB-B in
has failed.
The transponder is unable to receive ADS-B information.
XPDR1 FIS-B WX – Datalink: FIS-B
Weather has failed.
The transponder is unable to receive FIS-B weather
information.
XPDR1 OVER TEMP - Transponder:
Transponder over temp.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in
XPDR1. The transmitter operates at reduced power. If the
problem persists, the system should be serviced.
XPDR1 PRES ALT –Transponder:
ADS-B no pressure altitude.
Unable to provide pressure altitude information.
XPDR1 SRVC – XPDR1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible.
XPDR1 UNDER TEMP - Transponder:
Transponder under temp.
The system has detected an under temperature condition
in XPDR1. The transmitter operates at reduced power. If
the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
XPDR2 ADS-B 1090 – Datalinik:
ADS-B 1090 receiver has failed.
A failure has been detected in the 1090 receiver.
XPDR2 ADS-B FAIL – XPDR2 is
unable to transmit ADS-B messages.
ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be
receiving a valid GPS position. Other transponder
functions may be available. Service when possible.
XPDR2 FIS-B WX – Datalink: FIS-B
Weather has failed.
The transponder is unable to receive FIS-B weather
information.
XPDR2 ADS-B NO POS –
The transponder is not able to receive position
Transponder: ADS-B is not transmitting
information.
position.
XPDR2 ADS-B NO TX – Transponder:
ADS-B out failed.
The transponder is not able to receive position
information.
XPDR2 ADS-B TRFC – Transponder:
ADS-B traffic has failed
The Transponder is incapable of processing traffic
information.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
160
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Flight
Instruments
Comments
XPDR2 ADS-B UAT – Datalink: ADS-B
A failure has been detected in the UAT receiver.
in UAT receiver has failed.
EIS
The transponder configuration settings do not match
XPDR2 CONFIG – XPDR2 config error.
those of backup configuration memory. The system
Config service req’d.
should be serviced.
XPDR2 FAIL – XPDR2 is inoperative.
There is no communication with the #2 transponder.
XPDR2 FAULT – Datalink: ADSB-B in
has failed.
The transponder is unable to receive ADS-B information.
XPDR2 PRES ALT –Transponder:
ADS-B no pressure altitude.
Unable to provide pressure altitude information.
XPDR2 SRVC – XPDR2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
The #2 transponder should be serviced when possible.
XPDR2 UNDER TEMP - Transponder:
Transponder under temp.
The system has detected an under temperature condition
in XPDR2. The transmitter operates at reduced power. If
the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
XTALK ERROR – A flight display
crosstalk error has occurred.
The MFD and PFD are not communicating with each
other. The system should be serviced.
Flight
Management
ADS-B Conflict Situational Awareness (CSA) is
unavailable.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
XPDR2 CSA FAIL - Traffic: ADS-B In
traffic alerting has failed.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
161
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Blank Page
162
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
APPENDIX
PFD SOFTKEY MAPS
(With TCAS II )
OR
EIS
OR
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
(Only available with GWX70)
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
PFD Map/HSI Softkeys
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
163
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
(With TCAS II )
OR
EIS
OR
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
(See Sensor Softkeys Figures)
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
PFD Opt Softkey
Index
Appendix
Sensor Softkeys with GSU 75B (ADAHRS) or GRS 77 (Legacy AHRS)
164
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Sensor Softkeys with GRS 7800 (AHRS)
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
XPDR Softkeys without TCAS II
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
165
XPDR Softkeys with TCAS II
Level 1
Map/HSI
Or
Map Opt
Level 2
Level 3
Appendix
Index
Description
Displays the PFD Map selection softkeys.
Map Off
166
Level 4
Displays the PFD Map display settings
softkeys.
Layout
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Removes the PFD map from display (Inset,
HSI, or Traffic)
Inset Map
Displays the Inset Map
HSI Map
Displays the HSI Map
TFC Map
Replaces the PFD Map with a dedicated
traffic display.
Wx LGND
Displays/removes the name of the selected
data link weather provider (SiriusXM,
Connext) and the weather product icon and
age box (for enabled weather products).
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Appendix
Level 2
Detail
Level 3
Level 4
Description
Rel Ter
Displays relative terrain information on the
PFD Map
NEXRAD
Displays XM NEXRAD weather and coverage
on PFD Map (subscription optional)
METAR
Displays METAR information on Inset Map
(subscription optional)
Lightning
Adds/removes the display of SiriusXM or
Connext lightning information (based on
data link weather source selection) on the
PFD Map.
Datalink
Selects the data link weather source for the
PFD Map
STRMSCP
Adds or removes the display of Stormscope
information on the PFD Map. The softkey
annunciator is green when the function
is on. When the function is off, the
annunciator is gray.
RDR Opt
Displays softkeys for airborne weather radar
options (WX 70 only).
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
167
Index
When enabled, displays the airborne
weather radar overlay on HSI Map (WX 70
only).
Appendix
Wx
Radar
Annun/Alerts
Disables lightning function on PFD Map.
The softkey annunciator is green when the
lightning function is off.
Additional
Features
LTNG Off
AFCS
Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines,
terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation scale on
PFD Map
Hazard
Avoidance
Topo
Flight
Management
Displays traffic information on PFD Map.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Traffic
EIS
Selects desired amount of map detail:
All (No Declutter): All map features visible
Detail 1: Declutters land data
Detail 2: Declutters land and SUA data
Detail 3: Removes everything except for
the active flight plan
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Mode SEL
Level 4
Displays softkeys for weather radar mode
selection (WX 70 only).
EIS
Off
Disables weather radar mode (WX 70 only).
Standby
Selects Standby weather radar mode (WX
70 only).
Weather
Activates Weather radar mode (WX 70 only).
Ground
Activates Ground Map weather radar mode
(WX 70 only).
Decreases weather radar gain setting (WX
70 only).
Increases weather radar gain setting (WX
70 only).
Gain +
Stab
Activates antenna stabilization feature (WX
70 only).
ACT
Activates Altitude Compensated Tilt feature
(WX 70 only).
AFCS
Flight
Management
Gain -
Hazard
Avoidance
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Description
TFC Map
Replaces the PFD Map with a dedicated
traffic display.
PFD Opt
Displays second-level softkeys for additional
PFD options.
SVT
Displays additional SVT overlay softkeys
Additional
Features
Pathways
Displays compass heading along the ZeroPitch line.
APT Sign
Displays position markers for airports within
approximately 15 nm of the current aircraft
position. Airport identifiers are displayed
when the airport is within approximately
9 nm.
Index
Wind
168
Enables synthetic terrain depiction.
HDG LBL
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Terrain
Displays Pathway Boxes on the Synthetic
Vision Display.
Displays the wind option softkeys
Option 1
Headwind/Tailwind and crosswind
components.
Option 2
Wind direction arrow and speed.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Appendix
Level 2
Level 3
Option 3
Level 4
Description
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
Wind direction arrow with direction and
speed.
Off
Wind information not displayed.
DME
Bearing 1
EIS
Displays DME Information Window
Sensors
Displays the sensor selection softkeys.
ADC
ADC 1
Selects the #1 ADC.
ADC 1
Selects the #2 ADC.
AHRS
Flight
Management
Displays ADC selection softkeys.
Displays the AHRS selection softkeys.
Selects the #1 AHRS.
AHRS 2
Selects the #2 AHRS.
Hazard
Avoidance
AHRS 1
HDG
Selects desired DG Mode: (GRS 7800 only).
Slave: Slaves the DG to the AHRS.
Free: Allows the DG to enter FREE mode.
HDG -
Slews heading counterclockwise (GRS 7800
only).
HDG +
Slews heading clockwise (GRS 7800 only).
Synchronizes heading to the selected
heading (GRS 7800 only).
TRK Sync
Synchronizes heading to the current track
(GRS 7800 only).
Displays softkeys to select altitude unit
parameters.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Index
ALT Units
When enabled, displays altimeter in meters.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Appendix
Cycles the Bearing 2 Information Window
through NAV1, NAV2, GPS/waypoint identifier
and GPS-derived distance information, ADF/
frequency, and Off.
Annun/Alerts
HDG Sync
Additional
Features
DG
AFCS
Displays the softkeys for selecting one of the
two DG modes (GRS 7800 only).
Bearing 2
Meters
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Cycles the Bearing 1 Information Window
through NAV1, NAV2, GPS/waypoint
identifier and GPS-derived distance
information, ADF/frequency, and Off.
169
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
IN
STD Baro
Description
Press to display the BARO setting as inches
of mercury
Press to display the BARO setting as
hectopacals.
Sets barometric pressure to 29.92 in Hg
(1013 hPa if metric units are selected)
OBS
Selects OBS mode on the CDI when
navigating by GPS (only available with
active leg). When OBS is on, the softkey
annunciator is green.
CDI
Cycles through FMS, NAV1, and NAV2
navigation modes on the CDI.
DME
Displays the DME Tuning Window, allowing
tuning and selection of the DME (optional).
Transponder Softkeys without TCAS II
XPDR
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
HPA
Level 4
170
Displays the transponder selection softkeys.
XPDR 1
Selects the #1 transponder as active.
XPDR 2
Selects the #2 transponder as active.
Standby
Selects transponder Standby Mode
(transponder does not reply to any
interrogations).
On
Activates transponder (transponder replies
to identification interrogations).
ALT
Altitude Reporting Mode (transponder
replies to identification and altitude
interrogations).
VFR
Automatically enters the VFR code (1200 in
the U.S.A. only)
Code
Displays transponder code selection softkeys
0-7.
0-7
Use numbers to enter code.
Ident
Activates the Special Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
BKSP
Removes numbers entered, one at a time.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Appendix
Level 2
Ident
Level 3
Level 4
Description
Activates the Special Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
EIS
Transponder Softkeys with TCAS II
XPDR/
TFC
XPDR2
Selects the #2 transponder as active
Mode
Displays transponder mode selection
softkeys
Activates transponder (transponder replies
to identification interrogations). When the
transponder is set to ON, the TCAS II system
is set to standby.
ALT
Altitude Reporting Mode (transponder
replies to identification and altitude
interrogations). When the transponder
is set to ALT, the TCAS II system is set to
standby.
TA Only
Activates the TCAS II system in TA Only
Mode and sets the transponder to ALT.
TCAS
Activates the TCAS II system in TA/RA Mode
and sets the transponder to ALT.
Displays the TCAS control softkeys.
Displays intruder altitude as altitude relative
to own aircraft altitude.
Absolute
Displays intruder MSL altitude.
ALT RNG
Displays the altitude display range softkeys.
Appendix
Relative
Annun/Alerts
TA/RA
Additional
Features
On
AFCS
Selects transponder Standby Mode
(transponder does not reply to any
interrogations). When the transponder is
set to standby, the TCAS II system is also set
to standby.
Hazard
Avoidance
Standby
Flight
Management
Selects the #1 transponder as active
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
XPDR1
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
171
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Code
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
Ident
Ident
Displays non-threat traffic from 9900 feet
above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during climb phase
of flight.
Normal
Displays non-threat traffic from 2700 feet
above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase
of flight.
Below
Displays non-threat traffic from 2700 feet
above the aircraft to 9900 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during descent phase
of flight.
UNREST
Test
Description
All traffic is displayed.
Activates Test Mode and displays test
intruder symbols.
Displays transponder code selection softkeys
0-7.
0-7
Use numbers to enter code.
Ident
Activates the Special Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
BKSP
Removes numbers entered, one at a time.
Activates the Special Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
Activates the Special Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
Tmr/Ref
Displays Timer/References Window.
Nearest
Displays Nearest Airports Window.
Index
Appendix
Level 4
Above
172
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
MFD Navigation Map Page Softkeys
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Description
Additional
Features
Map Opt
Displays traffic information on Navigation Map Page.
Inset
Displays inset window second level softkeys.
VSD
Displays VSD profile information of terrain/obstacles along
the current track, vertical track vector, and selected altitude.
Auto: Automatically displays either VSD profile
information for active flight plan information or along
current track with no active flight plan.
FPL: Displays VSD profile information for active flight
plan.
TRK: Displays VSD profile information along current track.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
173
Index
Removes VSD inset from Navigation Map Page.
Appendix
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Off
Annun/Alerts
Traffic
Level 1
Level 2
AWY
Displays airways on the map; cycles through the following:
Off: No airways are displayed.
On: All airways are displayed.
Low: Only low altitude airways are displayed.
High: Only high altitude airways are displayed.
STRMSCP
Displays Stormscope information on Navigation Map Page
(optional).
NEXRAD
Displays XM NEXRAD weather and coverage on Navigation
Map Page (optional).
XM LTNG
Displays XM lightning information on Navigation Map Page
(optional).
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
METAR
Displays METAR information on Inset Map (subscription
optional).
Legend
Displays legends for the displayed XM Weather products
(optional).
Displays XM weather radar information on Navigation Map
Page (optional).
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through the
following levels:
Detail All: All map features visible.
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
Description
Displays terrain on the map; cycles through the following:
Off: No terrain information shown on MFD Map.
Topo: Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines,
terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation scale on MFD Map.
REL: Displays relative terrain information on the MFD
Map.
WX Radar
Detail
Level 3
TER
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Detail-1: Declutters land data.
Detail-2: Declutters land and SUA data.
Index
Appendix
Detail-3: Removes everything except for the active flight
plan.
174
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Appendix
Level 2
Level 3
Charts
Description
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
When available, displays optional airport and terminal
procedure charts.
CHRT Opt
Displays chart display settings softkeys.
Profile
Displays the header view (approach chart briefing strip) on
the screen.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Plan
Displays the entire chart on the screen.
EIS
All
Header
Displays the approach chart two dimensional plan view.
Displays the approach chart descent profile strip.
bottom of the approach chart.
Full SCN
Removes data window to display chart on screen.
Displays the WPT–Airport Information page.
Displays airport information:
Info 1: Displays Airport Information Page
Info 2: Displays Airport Directory Page
AFCS
DP
Changes the chart size to fit the available screen width.
Hazard
Avoidance
Show
Map
Info
Fit WDTH
Flight
Management
Minimums Displays the minimum descent altitude/visibility strip at the
Displays departure procedure chart.
APR
Displays approach procedure chart.
WX
Displays airport weather information chart.
Appendix
NOTAM
Annun/Alerts
Displays standard terminal arrival procedure chart.
Additional
Features
STAR
Displays NOTAM information for selected airport, when
available.
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
175
LOADING UPDATED DATABASES
Database information is obtained from third party sources. Inaccuracies in the
data may be discovered from time to time. Garmin communicates this information
by issuing a Database Alert. These notifications are available on http://fly.garmin.com.
Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related to
database information. These discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect
procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and fixes; or any other displayed
item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground. Go to http://
fly.garmin.com and select Aviation Data Error Report.
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database.
Power interruption during the database loading process could result in
maintenance being required to reboot the system.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order
to make the database product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system
configured by a Garmin authorized service facility in order to use some database
features.
Updating Databases:
With the system OFF, remove an SD Card from the bottom SD card slot of the
MFD.
2) Download and install the databases on an SD card.
1)
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ message will
be displayed until database synchronization is complete, followed by turning
system power off, then on. Synchronization can be monitored on the AuxDatabase Page.
176
3)
Put the SD Card in the bottom SD card slot of the MFD.
4)
Turn the system ON.
5)
Press the ENT Key or the right most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group on the MFD.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Database page group on the MFD.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Appendix
ITT temperature is less than 200° F.
10) Press the Restart Softkey. A 10 second restart countdown will appear.
Flight
Management
11) Press the Restart Button in the display window to continue with the
restart of the system, or remove power from the system if the Restart
Softkey is diminished.
12) Remove the SD card from the bottom slot of the MFD.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the engines are off and
EIS
9)
Monitor the Sync Status on the Database page. Wait for all databases to
complete syncing, indicated by ‘Sync Complete’ being displayed. A cyan
double arrow will appear between the Standby and Active colums to show
which Standby databases will be transferred to Active at the next power
cycle.
Verify the correct database cycle information is shown in the Standby
Database column.
Flight
Instruments
8)
Hazard
Avoidance
13) After restarting the system, turn the large FMS Knob and select the Aux
page group on the MFD.
14) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Databases page.
AFCS
15) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Annun/Alerts
a) Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be
selected.
Additional
Features
16) To view database information for an individual display, press and then turn
the FMS Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey.
Press the ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
17) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active
column:
b) Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
d) Remove and reapply power to the system.
Appendix
c) Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating
that the standby database will become active.
e) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Index
18) Remove power from the system.
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
177
LOADING UPDATED DATABASES USING FLIGHT STREAM 510
Updating Databases from any MFD page (except the Aux - Databases
page):
1)
Insert the Flight Stream 510 SD Card in the bottom slot of the MFD.
2)
3)
4)
Press the Update softkey when the Database Update screen appears.
The Flight Stream 510 will enter Wifi mode.
Put the mobile device in Wifi mode.
5)
Connect the mobile device to the Flight Stream 510 Wifi (refer to the
Additional Features section). The Wifi Not Connected screen will close
when the Wifi connection is established.
6)
7)
When the transfer is complete, press the Close softkey.
When an existing database is expired and a new one is ready to become
active, a Database Expired window will appear. Continue to the next step
to restart the system.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the engines are off and
Additional
Features
AFCS
ITT temperature is less than 200° F.
8)
Press the Restart softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished .
9)
After restarting the system, turn the large FMS Knob and select the Aux
page group on the MFD.
10) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Databases page.
Annun/Alerts
11) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Appendix
12) To view database information for an individual display, press and then turn
the FMS Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey.
Press the ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
13) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active
column:
Index
a) Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be
selected.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
178
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Appendix
d) Remove and reapply power to the system.
14) Remove power from the system.
Flight
Management
At startup, the system compares this version of the MV DB with that presently being
used by each AHRS (GRS1 and GRS2). If the system determines the MV DB needs to
be updated, a prompt is displayed on the MFD. Note, in the following example, GRS1
is the first AHRS to indicate an update is available. In actuality, this is dependent on
which AHRS is the first to report status to the system. GRS2 may be displayed before
GRS1. The order is not important, only that both AHRS be updated.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Magnetic Field Variation Database Update
EIS
e) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the active
database column.
Flight
Instruments
c) Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating
that the standby database will become active.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
GRS1 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
Additional
Features
Loading the magnetic field variation database update:
1) With ‘OK’ highlighted, as shown in the previous figure, press the ENT Key on the
MFD. A progress monitor is displayed as shown in the following figure.
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Uploading Database to GRS1
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
179
Appendix
When the upload is complete, the prompt for the next GRS upload is
displayed, as seen in the following figure.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
2)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
GRS2 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor
is displayed as shown in the following figure. When the upload is complete,
the system is ready for use.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
3)
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
Uploading Database to GRS2
180
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Index
Cargo 51
CDI 2, 10, 157
Cell 56
Cell mode 56
ChartView 98, 99
Closest Point 35
Code selection softkeys 9
COM 9, 10
Data Link Receiver 137
Day/Night views 100
DB Mismatch 176
DCLTR Softkey 98
Deleting
An entire airway 32
An entire procedure 33
An individual waypoint 32, 33
Departure
Procedure 43, 44
Select 43, 45, 46
DG Mode 2
Direct-to 13, 23, 24, 25
DME 9, 10
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
E
Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP)
126, 127, 128
Export a Flight Plan 30
Appendix
F
Annun/Alerts
Barometric Altitude Minimums 4
Basic Empty Weight 50
Bearing Line 72, 74
Bluetooth 30
D
Flight
Management
B
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Access code 60, 102
Active Channel 119
ADF 9, 10
Advisory alerts 129
AHRS 141, 142, 146, 147, 149, 151
Air Data Computer 130
Airport Directory 101
AC-U-KWIK 101
AOPA 101
Airport Information 19
Airport Signs 97
Along Track Offset 33
Altitude
Constraints 39
AP 131
Approach
Activating 48
Channel 46
Loading 46, 48
Removing 48
APR softkey 49
Arrival procedure 45
Attitude & Heading Reference System
(AHRS) 130
Audio panel controls
NAV1, NAV2 10
Autopilot 131
EIS
C
Flight
Instruments
A
Flight Director (FD) 91, 131
Flight path marker 97
Index
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index-1
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Index
Flight Plan, Active
Creating 26
Flight Stream 30
FliteCharts 98, 99
FPA 42
Frequency Transfer 10
Fuel Flow (FFLOW PPH) 8
Fuel on Board 51, 52
Mistrim 131, 132
Mode selection softkeys 9
N
Ground Mapping, Weather Radar 75
NAV1/NAV2 10
Navigation
Database 39
Nearest
Airport 18, 19
Airports Page 18, 19
NO COMP 130
H
O
HF 9
Horizon Heading 97
Horizontal Scan 72, 73
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) 46
OBS 3
Obstacles 145, 151
Oil Pressure (OIL PSI) 8
Oil Temperature (OIL °C) 8
Overspeed Protection 92
G
I
Import a Flight Plan 29
Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT) 8
Inverting a flight plan 29
IOI 133, 134
Iridium satellite network 101, 103, 108
P
Jeppesen 99
Parallel Track 34
Passenger(s) 51
Pathways 97
Pending flight plan 30, 31
Pilot and Stores Weight 51
Predefined message 111, 112
Propeller Sync 8
L
R
Level Mode 127
Lightning 56
Low speed data 101, 102
RAIM 52, 53
Register 60, 102
Resolution Advisory 87
ROC 132, 134
J
M
MET 131
Minimums 139
MISCOMP 130
Missed Approach 48
Index-2
S
SafeTaxi 98
SBAS 53
Scheduler 121
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Index
Hazard
Avoidance
WAAS 151
Waypoint Selection Submenu 24, 26,
27, 52
Weather Attenuated Color Highlight 75
Weather Radar 71
Wi-Fi 116, 117, 118, 119
Flight
Management
W
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
AFCS
X
XPDR Softkey 9
Additional
Features
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Tachometer (PROP RPM) 8
TAS 142
TAWS 132, 134
TCAS II 87
TCAS System Test
Fail 140
Pass 140
Telephone 103
Terminal procedures charts 99
Terrain 77, 132, 133, 134, 135, 145
Text messaging 108, 109, 111, 113
Tilt, Antenna 73
Tilt Line 73
Torque (FT-LB) 8
Traffic 55
Traffic Advisory System (TAS) 83, 85
Traffic Advisory (TA) 139, 140
Traffic map page 83, 84, 85
Transponder 9, 170, 171
Turbine Speed (% RPM) 8
Vertical Navigation (VNAV) 25, 39
Direct-to 42
Guidance 40
Vertical track 139
VNAV 159
VNV Guidance
Disabling 38
Enabling 38
VRP 20
Vspeed 3
VS TGT 42
EIS
T
V
Flight
Instruments
Sector Scan 74
Sensor 130
Stabilization, Antenna 74
Standby Navigation Database 177
Stormscope lightning data 56
Strike Mode 56
SurfaceWatch RR-1, 122, 123, 137,
157, 158
Synthetic vision (SVS) 158
Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) 97
System ID 60
System message advisories 141
U
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
Index
User-Defined Holding Pattern 37
Index-3
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Index
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
AFCS
Blank Page
Index-4
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 300/B300 Series
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
p: 913.397.8200 f: 913.397.8282
Aircraft On Ground (AOG) Hotline: 913.397.0836
Aviation Dealer Technical Support: 888.606.5482
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
p: 503.581.8101 f: 503.364.2138
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Hounsdown Business Park
Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR U.K.
Tel: +44 (0) 238 052 4000
Fax: +44 (0) 238 052 4004
Aviation Support: +44 (0) 370 850 1243
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road
Xizhi District, New Taipei City, Taiwan
p: 34-93-357-2608 f: 34-93-429-4484
www.garmin.com
© 2017 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries
190-02042-00 Rev. B
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising